
?><?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>ELTWeekly &#187; ELT in India</title>
	<atom:link href="http://eltweekly.com/more/ELT%20Newsletter/elt-in-india/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://eltweekly.com/more</link>
	<description>India's First Weekly ELT eNewsletter</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sun, 30 May 2010 08:07:15 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=2.8</generator>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
			<item>
		<title>ELTWeekly Issue#38 Contents</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/eltweekly-issue38-contents/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/eltweekly-issue38-contents/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2009 16:43:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Research Papers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#38]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tarun Patel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Tips]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=622</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[
Video: Task Based Learning
Free eBook: Directory of UK ELT Research 2005–08
Article: Teaching Children English Using Songs by Larry M. Lynch
Research Paper: Effective Language Learning by Melahat Jahansouz
Research Article: The Role of Technology in Pervading English in Non-Anglophonic Regions by Aadhi. Ramesh Babu &#38; A.Komuraiah
Interview with Prof (Dr) Shefali Bakshi
Onestopenglish Invites Your Lesson Plans for ‘Lesson [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-video-task-based-learning/" target="_blank">Video: Task Based Learning</a></li>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-free-ebook-directory-of-uk-elt-research-2005%e2%80%9308/" target="_blank">Free eBook: Directory of UK ELT Research 2005–08</a></li>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-teaching-children-english-using-songs/" target="_blank">Article: Teaching Children English Using Songs by Larry M. Lynch</a></li>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-research-paper-effective-language-learning/" target="_blank">Research Paper: Effective Language Learning by Melahat Jahansouz</a></li>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-research-article-the-role-of-technology-in-pervading-english-in-non-anglophonic-regions/" target="_blank">Research Article: The Role of Technology in Pervading English in Non-Anglophonic Regions by Aadhi. Ramesh Babu &amp; A.Komuraiah</a></li>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-interview-with-prof-dr-shefali-bakshi/" target="_blank">Interview with Prof (Dr) Shefali Bakshi</a></li>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/onestopenglish-invites-your-lesson-plans-for-lesson-share-competition/" target="_blank">Onestopenglish Invites Your Lesson Plans for ‘Lesson share competition’</a></li>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/08/08/guidelines-for-contributors/" target="_blank">GUIDELINES FOR CONTRIBUTORS</a></li>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/feedback/" target="_blank">Feedback</a>.</li>
</ul>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="ELTWeekly Issue#38 Contents" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/eltweekly-issue38-contents/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-10-25 19:10:46" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-video-task-based-learning/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Video: Task Based Learning&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-free-ebook-directory-of-uk-elt-research-2005%e2%80%9308/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Free eBook: Directory of UK ELT Research 2005–08&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-teaching-children-english-using-songs/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Article: Teaching Children English Using Songs by Larry M. Lynch&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-research-paper-effective-language-learning/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Research Paper: Effective Language Learning by Melahat Jahansouz&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-research-article-the-role-of-technology-in-pervading-english-in-non-anglophonic-regions/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Research Article: The Role of Technology in Pervading English in Non-Anglophonic Regions by Aadhi. Ramesh Babu &amp;amp; A.Komuraiah&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-interview-with-prof-dr-shefali-bakshi/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Interview with Prof (Dr) Shefali Bakshi&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/onestopenglish-invites-your-lesson-plans-for-lesson-share-competition/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Onestopenglish Invites Your Lesson Plans for ‘Lesson share competition’&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/08/08/guidelines-for-contributors/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;GUIDELINES FOR CONTRIBUTORS&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/feedback/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Feedback&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="PDF Creator"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="PDF Creator" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/eltweekly-issue38-contents/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>#38, Research Paper: Effective Language Learning by Melahat Jahansouz</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-research-paper-effective-language-learning/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-research-paper-effective-language-learning/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2009 08:05:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Research Papers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#38]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Nesletter]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=601</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Effective Language Learning
By Melahat Jahansouz
Effective Language Learning
By Melahat Jahansouz
Introduction
According to cognitive psychology, there is no doubt that learners are not passive when learning a foreign or second language, but they are actively involved. According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Effective Language Learning</strong></p>
<p>By <strong>Melahat Jahansouz</strong></p>
<p>Effective Language Learning</p>
<p>By Melahat Jahansouz</p>
<p>Introduction</p>
<p>According to cognitive psychology, there is no doubt that learners are not passive when learning a foreign or second language, but they are actively involved. According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms interact to produce either high levels or low levels of language learning. Factors stemming from the way in which classrooms are organized for instruction are within the control of the teacher. Over the last few decades a gradual but significant shift has taken place, resulting in less emphasis on teachers and teaching and greater stress on learners and learning as Northeast Conference (1990) entitled &#8220;Shifting the Instructional Focus to the Learner&#8221; and annual &#8220;Learners&#8217; Conferences&#8221; held in conjunction with the TESL Canada convention since 1991, to key works on &#8220;the learner-centered curriculum&#8221; (Nunan, 1988, 1995) and &#8220;learner-centeredness as language education&#8221; (Tutor ,I. 1996). If teachers want to help their students become independent and successful, they need to help them develop appropriate learning strategies so they can deal with language tasks successfully. Language programs must have the support of principals, teachers, parents, and the community. Teachers and administrators should understand that native language instruction provides the foundation for achieving high levels of English proficiency (Cummins, 1994; Krashen, 1991; Thomas &amp; Collier, 1997). Students must have access to high-quality instruction designed to help them meet high expectations. Teachers should employ strategies known to be effective with English learners, such as drawing on their prior knowledge; providing opportunities to review previously learned concepts and teaching them to employ those concepts; organizing themes or strands that connect the curriculum across subject areas; and providing individual guidance, assistance, and support to fill gaps in background knowledge. A language learning strategy is ‘like a tactic used by a player. It is a series of skills used with a particular learning process in mind’ (Williams and Burden 2002:145). Some of these strategies are observable but most are mental processes that are not directly observable. Both observable and non observable strategies help students become autonomous and successful language learners.<span id="more-601"></span></p>
<p>Definitions of Language Learning Strategies</p>
<p>Within L2/FL education, a number of definitions of LLS have been used by key figures in the field. Early on, Tarone (1983) defined a LS as &#8220;an attempt to develop linguistic and sociolinguistic competence in the target language &#8212; to incorporate these into one&#8217;s interlanguage competence&#8221; (p. 67). Rubin (1987) later wrote that LS &#8220;are strategies which contribute to the development of the language system which the learner constructs and affect learning directly&#8221; (p. 22). In their seminal study, O&#8217;Malley and Chamot (1990) defined LS as &#8220;the special thoughts or behaviors that individuals use to help them comprehend, learn, or retain new information&#8221; (p. 1). Finally, building on work in her book for teachers (Oxford, 1990), Oxford (1992/1993) provides specific examples of LLS (i.e., &#8220;In learning ESL, Trang watches U.S. TV soap operas, guessing the meaning of new expressions and predicting what will come next&#8221;) and this helpful definition:</p>
<p>&#8230;language learning strategies &#8212; specific actions, behaviors, steps, or techniques that students (often intentionally) use to improve their progress in developing L2 skills. These strategies can facilitate the internalization, storage, retrieval, or use of the new language. Strategies are tools for the self-directed involvement necessary for developing communicative ability. (Oxford, 1992/1993, p. 18)</p>
<p>Language Learning Strategies are Important for L2/FL Learning and Teaching</p>
<p>After Canale and Swain&#8217;s (1980) influential article recognized the importance of communication strategies as a key aspect of strategic (and thus communicative) competence, a number of works appeared about communication strategies in L2/FL teaching. An important distinction exists, however, between communication and language learning strategies. Communication strategies are used by speakers intentionally and consciously in order to cope with difficulties in communicating in a L2/FL (Bialystok, 1990). For all L2 teachers who aim to help develop their students&#8217; communicative competence and language learning, then, an understanding of LLS is crucial. As Oxford (1990a) puts it, LLS &#8220;&#8230;are especially important for language learning because they are tools for active, self-directed involvement, which is essential for developing communicative competence&#8221; (p. 1). LLS are important because research suggests that training students to use LLS can help them become better language learners.</p>
<p>Three types of social LLS are noted in Oxford (1990a): asking questions, co-operating with others, and empathizing with others (p. 21). General examples of LLS given in each of these categories are as follows:</p>
<p>Asking questions</p>
<p>Asking for clarification or verification<br />
Asking for correction<br />
Co-operating with others</p>
<p>Co-operating with peers<br />
Co-operating with proficient users of the new language<br />
Empathizing with others</p>
<p>Developing cultural understanding<br />
Becoming aware of others&#8217; thoughts and feelings (Oxford, 1990a, p. 21)<br />
Learning Strategy in different domains<br />
Weinstein and Mayer (1986) defined learning strategies (LS) broadly as &#8220;behaviors and thoughts that a learner engages in during learning&#8221; which are &#8220;intended to influence the learner&#8217;s encoding process&#8221; (p. 315). Later Mayer (1988) more specifically defined LS as &#8220;behaviors of a learner that are intended to influence how the learner processes information&#8221; (p. 11). These early definitions from the educational literature reflect the roots of LS in cognitive science, with its essential assumptions that human beings process information and that learning involves such information processing. Clearly, LS are involved in all learning, regardless of the content and context. LS are thus used in learning and teaching math, science, history, languages and other subjects, both in classroom settings and more informal learning environments.</p>
<p>Transfer of a strategy from one language or language skill to another is a related goal of LLS, as Pearson (1988) and Skehan (1989) have discussed. In her teacher-oriented text, Oxford summarizes her view of LLS. She states that LLS:</p>
<p> <br />
allow learners to become more self-directed<br />
expand the role of language teachers<br />
are problem-oriented<br />
involve many aspects, not just the cognitive<br />
can be taught<br />
are flexible<br />
are influenced by a variety of factors.<br />
(Oxford, 1990a, p. 9)</p>
<p>Characteristics of Effective L2 Classrooms</p>
<p>According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms interact to produce either high levels or low levels of language learning. Wong Fillmore found the following to be salient characteristics of classrooms that promote L2 learning:</p>
<p>1- In classes with a wide range of language abilities, the students were grouped by language ability for instruction within their classroom. These groupings were flexible and temporary, changing according to learners&#8217; growing language proficiencies.</p>
<p>2-Some subjects were taught in the unfamiliar language L2, while others were taught in familiar language the L1.</p>
<p>3-When the unfamiliar language was used as the medium of instruction, the teacher made special efforts to use the language in a way that made it possible for the students to understand the content.</p>
<p>4-Numerous occasions each day were provided for members of each group to interaction with each other in large and small group activities.</p>
<p>5-Classes were organized around highly-structured, teacher-directed activities. Both whole group and small group activities were nearly always teacher directed.</p>
<p>6-Lessons were conducted either in the home language or in the second language; a single lesson rarely included both L1 and L2.</p>
<p>7-Students were called on frequently to respond, either as individuals or as a group.</p>
<p>8-Teachers used the L1 occasionally during instruction in English to explain concepts that could not be demonstrated non-verbally and would otherwise be difficult to understand in L2. The home language was used for explanation, not for translation.</p>
<p>Using Standards to Integrate Academic Language into ESL Fluency</p>
<p>ESL standards can have a significant impact on ESL student achievement by integrating academic language into the ESL curriculum. This student population needs to focus on goals of academic competence, focusing on areas such as literacy, vocabulary, critical thinking, social skills and learning strategies. The ESL standards provide structure and guidance that can help to increase student academic success (Beckett &amp; Haley, 2000).</p>
<p>By linking the ESL standards to state academic standards, we can ensure that ESL students will receive high quality instruction in English language and content areas.</p>
<p>The TESOL (Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages) standards were developed to provide teachers with scope and sequence of the language skills that ESL students need for success in our nation&#8217;s classrooms. The standards are:</p>
<p>     1) to use English to communicate in social settings,</p>
<p>     2) to use English to achieve academically in all content areas, and</p>
<p>     3) to use English in socially and culturally appropriate ways.</p>
<p>Several strategies are offered by the authors to develop competency in social use of English. They suggest the use of seating arrangements (such as round tables, quads or pairs) to encourage social interaction. Teachers can also try to structure opportunities for students to use English outside of the classroom. Cooperative learning encourages the use of language in a social manner. Positive social interaction can help students perceive the classroom as a comfortable and friendly place, where they will feel safe using their new language skills and where they may find intrinsic motivation for communicating in English.</p>
<p>To enhance academic achievement, teachers can: create a language-rich classroom; provide students with advance organizers; label everything in the classroom to build vocabulary and help students make connections to their native language; and have different media available for student use (books, magazines, newspapers, audio-tapes, video tapes, computer software) to address different learning styles and also help build connections. To help students to use English in appropriate ways, teachers should teach what language is appropriate in what setting so students can determine when to speak and in what way (for example, formal speech or slang). Teachers should also recognize diversity and sameness in their classrooms, incorporate multicultural literature into the curriculum, and invite parents/family members to share their cultures and talents with the class. Students need to develop an understanding of and appreciation for others considering the diversity of society.</p>
<p>There are some important understandings that apply more particularly to language learning. Language teachers need to know, in particular, about the work of Rod Ellis and about the concept of intercultural communicative language teaching.</p>
<p>Ellis (2003) recommends task-based language learning. He describes an effective language learning task as one that:</p>
<p>requires the students to focus primarily on meaning;<br />
has some kind of gap that the students can close by communicating;<br />
requires the students to construct their own productive language (language output); rather than only to manipulate language that the teacher provides (language input); and<br />
has a clearly defined outcome (other than producing “correct” language).<br />
Language teachers can construct tasks that reflect real-life communication as closely as possible and that establish a genuine need for communication. For example, teachers can ask their students to seek or provide the information needed to complete a task successfully. If an activity involves a student asking to be told something that they already know, the activity is not a communicative one – and the students are not likely to find it rewarding.</p>
<p>Strategy training sequence used in cognitive academic language learning approach<br />
Investigation shows language learning strategies can be taught through strategy training. According to MacIntyre &amp; Noels (1996) students can benefit from this kind of instruction if they can understand the strategy itself, perceive it to be effective and do not consider its implementation to be too difficult. </p>
<p>There are different models for teaching learning strategies. O’Malley and Chamot (1990) propose a model that involves a sequence of five steps. In this model, teachers first help students identify the strategies they are already using, then they present and explain a new strategy. At this stage, the teacher might model the new strategy. Next, students practice the new strategy, at first with considerable support but then encouraging autonomous use. Finally, students evaluate their success and develop transfer of strategies to new tasks.</p>
<p>Preparation</p>
<p>       Develop student awareness of different strategies through small group retrospective interviews about school tasks, modeling think-aloud then having students think aloud in small groups, discussion of interviews and think-aloud. </p>
<p>Presentation</p>
<p>       Develop student knowledge about strategies by providing rationale for strategy use, describing and naming strategy, and modeling strategy.</p>
<p>Practice</p>
<p>       Develop student skills in using strategies for academic learning through co-operative learning tasks, think-aloud while problem solving, peer tutoring in academic tasks, group discussions.</p>
<p>Evaluation</p>
<p>      Develop student ability to evaluate own strategy use through writing strategies used immediately after task, discussing strategy use in class, keeping dialogue journals (with teacher) on strategy use.</p>
<p>Expansion</p>
<p>       Develop transfer of strategies to new tasks by discussions on metacognitive and motivational aspects of strategy use, additional practice on similar academic tasks, assignments to use learning strategies on tasks related to cultural backgrounds of students’ (O’Malley and Chamot 1990).</p>
<p>Providing ample opportunities for planning</p>
<p>However well prepared and experienced, an individual teacher may be in working with English language learners, providing high-quality instruction and programming requires teamwork. Quality programs that serve ELLs should involve extensive coordination and planning among staff. Too often, the planning time provided to teachers of English language learners is inadequate. In order to coordinate goals, align curricula, and ensure positive transitions for ELLs as they move through a program, adequate time for planning—including long-range planning that considers student development—is essential. When they are given sufficient time for collaboration and planning, teachers and others in programs that serve ELLs may ensure that the instruction and goals they develop for these students are part of a well-articulated framework based upon practices that are developmentally appropriate, with long-term goals and achievement in mind. <br />
The kind of planning that teachers of ELLs should be engaging in involves developmentally appropriate practice that takes into account the cognitive and social needs of students. What Greenburg (1990) calls the cognitive/developmental approach is generally considered to be the most effective, as it considers what students may be able to do at various stages of development. This approach involves different types of learning, such as social learning, physical learning and play, emotional learning, and intellectual and academic learning. Nissani (1990) summarizes this approach as one in which “children are encouraged to become involved in purposeful and creative activities with other children; to make major choices among hands-on learning activities; to initiate and accomplish self-motivated tasks in a rich environment; and to construct knowledge at their own individual pace by discovering and engaging in open-ended activities that reflect all areas of their development” (p. 3). This kind of approach tends to be highly student centered and keeps students’ developmental needs in mind by allowing them to learn at their own pace and in their own learning styles. It involves a great deal of creativity on the part of the teacher, who continually develops ways for students to interact in hands-on tasks and activities in which they may construct their own meaning through interaction.</p>
<p>Barriers to Meaningful Instruction for English Learners</p>
<p>       Effective ways teachers can help ESL students overcome barriers to meaningful instruction. Teachers can use strategies based on social interactionist theory to create classroom conditions that foster learning by modeling, scaffolding and helping students to construct understanding, with the eventual goal of becoming independent thinkers and problem solvers. (Meyer, 2000) identifies four loads as barriers to meaningful instruction: cognitive load, culture load, language load and learning load; and she states teachers must be skilled at lowering these barriers and sparking student interest and curiosity by developing a creative, wise and passionate curriculum.</p>
<p>       ‘Cognitive load’ refers to the number of new concepts embedded in a lesson. Teachers must then fill in any conceptual gaps by trying to relate new concepts to life experiences of ESL students. Thus, it becomes more critical to get to know and understand these students.</p>
<p>       &#8216;Culture load&#8217; refers to the way language and culture are related and the amount of cultural knowledge required to comprehend meaning or participate in an activity. Culture load also refers to how teachers expect interaction to occur in a classroom. This would include when to speak, when to stay silent, when to raise hands and when to write. These expectations vary from one culture to the next. English learners are often expected to determine the classroom behavioral norms independently.</p>
<p>       The next barrier, the &#8216;language load,&#8217; refers to the number of unfamiliar words encountered as an English learner reads a text or listens to teacher or peer academic talk. Teachers can lighten this load by rewriting or explaining text material. Complex sentences can be broken down into comprehensible parts.</p>
<p>       The &#8216;learning load&#8217; represents what teachers expect students to do with English in the learning activities. . An example offered by the author is brainstorming, an activity that is oral and fast-paced, with few visual examples and minimal clarification in the initial stages. Thus, teachers must carefully consider the learning load of all activities involving English learners, making adaptations and offering supports accordingly. This strategy involves the teacher doing the initial talking about a new topic and students listening before any brainstorming or other activity is assigned. This strategy is also effective with English speaking students. It prepares students to participate by helping to familiarize them with vocabulary and develop their thoughts on a topic.</p>
<p>Conclusion</p>
<p>       One of the tasks of a language teacher is to help students become autonomous learners. This can be done by assisting students to develop learning strategies. This paper has provided a brief overview of LLS and noted a number of contacts that readers may use in networking on LLS in L2/FL education. Using LLS and LLS training in the L2/FL class not only encourages learners in their language learning but also helps teachers reflect on and improve their teaching.</p>
<p>REFERENCE</p>
<p>Alexander ,L.G. (Eds.), Learning and Study Strategies: Issues in Assessment, Instruction,  and   Evaluation (pp. 11-22). New York: Academic Press.</p>
<p>Beckett, E., &amp; Haley, P. (2000). Using standards to integrate academic language into ESL fluency. The Clearing House, 74, 2, 102-104.</p>
<p>Beck, I., McKeown, M. &amp; Kucan, L. (2002). Bringing Words to Life: Robust Vocabulary Instruction. Guilford Press.</p>
<p>Bialystok, E. (1990). Communication Strategies: A Psychological Analysis of Second  Language Use. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.</p>
<p>Canale, M., &amp; Swain, M. (1980). Theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing. Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 1-47.</p>
<p>Cummins, J. (1994). Knowledge, power, and identity in teaching English as a second language. In F. Genesee (Ed.), Educating second language children: The whole child, the whole curriculum, the whole community (pp. 103-25). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Ellis, R. (2003). Task-based Language Learning and Teaching . Oxford: Oxford  University Press</p>
<p>Greenburg, P. (1990). Ideas that work with young children. Why not academic   preschool? (Part 1). Young Children, 45(4), 70-80.</p>
<p>Krashen, S. D. (1991). Bilingual education: A focus on current research (FOCUS Occasional Papers in Bilingual Education No. 3). Washington, DC: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.</p>
<p>Macintyre, P. D., &amp; Noels, K. A. (1996). Using Psychosocial Variables to Predict the Use of Language Learning Strategies. Foreign Language Annals, 29, 373-386.</p>
<p>Mayer, R. (1988). Learning strategies: An overview. In Weinstein, C., E. Goetz, &amp; P.</p>
<p>Meyer, L. (2000). Barriers to meaningful instruction for English learners. Theory into  Practice, 39, 4, 228-236.</p>
<p>Nissani, H. (1990). Early childhood programs for language minority students (Focus, Occasional Papers in Bilingual Education, No. (2). Washington, DC: National                    Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.</p>
<p>Nunan, D. (1988). The Learner-centered Curriculum. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Nunan, D. (1995). Closing the gap between learning and instruction. TESOL Quarterly, 29(1), 133-158.</p>
<p>O&#8217;Malley, J.M., &amp; Chamot, A.U. (1990). Learning strategies in second language acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.<br />
Oxford, R. (1990a). Language learning strategies: What every teacher should know. New York: Newbury House.</p>
<p>Oxford, R. (1990). Language learning strategies. What every teacher should know. Massachusetts: Heinle &amp; Heinle Publishers.</p>
<p>Oxford, R. (1992/1993). Language learning strategies in a nutshell: Update and ESL suggestions. TESOL Journal, 2(2), 18-22.</p>
<p>Pearson, E. (1988). Learner strategies and learner interviews. ELT Journal, 42(3), 173-178.</p>
<p>Rubin, J. (1987). Learner strategies: Theoretical assumptions, research history and typology. In A. Wenden &amp; J. Rubin (Eds.), Learner Strategies and Language                    Learning (pp. 15-29). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.</p>
<p>Rueda, R., &amp; Goldenberg, C. (1992). Rating instructional conversations, A guide.</p>
<p>Saunders, W., &amp; Goldenberg, C. (1999). The Effects of Instructional Conversations and Literature Logs on the Story Comprehension and Thematic Understanding of English        Proficient and Limited English Proficient Students.             </p>
<p>Skehan, P. (1989). Language learning strategies (Chapter 5). Individual Differences in Second-Language Learning (pp. 73- 99). London: Edward Arnold.</p>
<p>Tarone, E. (1983). Some thoughts on the notion of &#8216;communication strategy&#8217;. In C. Faerch &amp; G. Kasper (Eds.), Strategies in Interlanguage Communication (pp. 61-74) London:  Longman.</p>
<p>Thomas, W. P., &amp; Collier, V. (1997). School effectiveness for language minority students (Resource Collection Series No. 9). Washington: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.</p>
<p>Tutor, I. (1996). Learner-centeredness as language education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Weinstein, C., &amp; Mayer, R. (1986). The teaching of learning strategies. In M.C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching, (3rd Ed.) (pp. 315-327). New York:                   Macmillan.</p>
<p>Williams, M., &amp; Burden, R.(2002). Psychology for language teachers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Wong Fillmore, L. (1982). Instructional language as linguistic input: Second-language learning in classrooms. In L.C. Wilkinson (Ed.), Communicating in the classroom:</p>
<p>Language, thought and culture. Advances in the Study of Cognition Series. New York, NY: Academic Press.</p>
<p>Melahat Jahansouz (MA &#8211; English Teaching) has been teaching English in Azad university and in  The University of Applied Science and Technology for 6 years. She has translated 5 books in psychology field in Persian.</p>
<p>Introduction</p>
<p>According to cognitive psychology, there is no doubt that learners are not passive when learning a foreign or second language, but they are actively involved. According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms interact to produce either high levels or low levels of language learning. Factors stemming from the way in which classrooms are organized for instruction are within the control of the teacher. Over the last few decades a gradual but significant shift has taken place, resulting in less emphasis on teachers and teaching and greater stress on learners and learning as Northeast Conference (1990) entitled &#8220;Shifting the Instructional Focus to the Learner&#8221; and annual &#8220;Learners&#8217; Conferences&#8221; held in conjunction with the TESL Canada convention since 1991, to key works on &#8220;the learner-centered curriculum&#8221; (Nunan, 1988, 1995) and &#8220;learner-centeredness as language education&#8221; (Tutor ,I. 1996). If teachers want to help their students become independent and successful, they need to help them develop appropriate learning strategies so they can deal with language tasks successfully. Language programs must have the support of principals, teachers, parents, and the community. Teachers and administrators should understand that native language instruction provides the foundation for achieving high levels of English proficiency (Cummins, 1994; Krashen, 1991; Thomas &amp; Collier, 1997). Students must have access to high-quality instruction designed to help them meet high expectations. Teachers should employ strategies known to be effective with English learners, such as drawing on their prior knowledge; providing opportunities to review previously learned concepts and teaching them to employ those concepts; organizing themes or strands that connect the curriculum across subject areas; and providing individual guidance, assistance, and support to fill gaps in background knowledge. A language learning strategy is ‘like a tactic used by a player. It is a series of skills used with a particular learning process in mind’ (Williams and Burden 2002:145). Some of these strategies are observable but most are mental processes that are not directly observable. Both observable and non observable strategies help students become autonomous and successful language learners.</p>
<p>Definitions of Language Learning Strategies<br />
Within L2/FL education, a number of definitions of LLS have been used by key figures in the field. Early on, Tarone (1983) defined a LS as &#8220;an attempt to develop linguistic and sociolinguistic competence in the target language &#8212; to incorporate these into one&#8217;s interlanguage competence&#8221; (p. 67). Rubin (1987) later wrote that LS &#8220;are strategies which contribute to the development of the language system which the learner constructs and affect learning directly&#8221; (p. 22). In their seminal study, O&#8217;Malley and Chamot (1990) defined LS as &#8220;the special thoughts or behaviors that individuals use to help them comprehend, learn, or retain new information&#8221; (p. 1). Finally, building on work in her book for teachers (Oxford, 1990), Oxford (1992/1993) provides specific examples of LLS (i.e., &#8220;In learning ESL, Trang watches U.S. TV soap operas, guessing the meaning of new expressions and predicting what will come next&#8221;) and this helpful definition:</p>
<p>&#8230;language learning strategies &#8212; specific actions, behaviors, steps, or techniques that students (often intentionally) use to improve their progress in developing L2 skills. These strategies can facilitate the internalization, storage, retrieval, or use of the new language. Strategies are tools for the self-directed involvement necessary for developing communicative ability. (Oxford, 1992/1993, p. 18)</p>
<p>Language Learning Strategies are Important for L2/FL Learning and Teaching</p>
<p>After Canale and Swain&#8217;s (1980) influential article recognized the importance of communication strategies as a key aspect of strategic (and thus communicative) competence, a number of works appeared about communication strategies in L2/FL teaching. An important distinction exists, however, between communication and language learning strategies. Communication strategies are used by speakers intentionally and consciously in order to cope with difficulties in communicating in a L2/FL (Bialystok, 1990). For all L2 teachers who aim to help develop their students&#8217; communicative competence and language learning, then, an understanding of LLS is crucial. As Oxford (1990a) puts it, LLS &#8220;&#8230;are especially important for language learning because they are tools for active, self-directed involvement, which is essential for developing communicative competence&#8221; (p. 1). LLS are important because research suggests that training students to use LLS can help them become better language learners.</p>
<p>Three types of social LLS are noted in Oxford (1990a): asking questions, co-operating with others, and empathizing with others (p. 21). General examples of LLS given in each of these categories are as follows:</p>
<p>Asking questions</p>
<p>Asking for clarification or verification<br />
Asking for correction<br />
Co-operating with others</p>
<p>Co-operating with peers<br />
Co-operating with proficient users of the new language<br />
Empathizing with others</p>
<p>Developing cultural understanding<br />
Becoming aware of others&#8217; thoughts and feelings (Oxford, 1990a, p. 21)<br />
Learning Strategy in different domains<br />
Weinstein and Mayer (1986) defined learning strategies (LS) broadly as &#8220;behaviors and thoughts that a learner engages in during learning&#8221; which are &#8220;intended to influence the learner&#8217;s encoding process&#8221; (p. 315). Later Mayer (1988) more specifically defined LS as &#8220;behaviors of a learner that are intended to influence how the learner processes information&#8221; (p. 11). These early definitions from the educational literature reflect the roots of LS in cognitive science, with its essential assumptions that human beings process information and that learning involves such information processing. Clearly, LS are involved in all learning, regardless of the content and context. LS are thus used in learning and teaching math, science, history, languages and other subjects, both in classroom settings and more informal learning environments.</p>
<p>Transfer of a strategy from one language or language skill to another is a related goal of LLS, as Pearson (1988) and Skehan (1989) have discussed. In her teacher-oriented text, Oxford summarizes her view of LLS. She states that LLS:</p>
<p> <br />
allow learners to become more self-directed<br />
expand the role of language teachers<br />
are problem-oriented<br />
involve many aspects, not just the cognitive<br />
can be taught<br />
are flexible<br />
are influenced by a variety of factors.<br />
(Oxford, 1990a, p. 9)</p>
<p>Characteristics of Effective L2 Classrooms</p>
<p>According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms interact to produce either high levels or low levels of language learning. Wong Fillmore found the following to be salient characteristics of classrooms that promote L2 learning:</p>
<p>1- In classes with a wide range of language abilities, the students were grouped by language ability for instruction within their classroom. These groupings were flexible and temporary, changing according to learners&#8217; growing language proficiencies.</p>
<p>2-Some subjects were taught in the unfamiliar language L2, while others were taught in familiar language the L1.</p>
<p>3-When the unfamiliar language was used as the medium of instruction, the teacher made special efforts to use the language in a way that made it possible for the students to understand the content.</p>
<p>4-Numerous occasions each day were provided for members of each group to interaction with each other in large and small group activities.</p>
<p>5-Classes were organized around highly-structured, teacher-directed activities. Both whole group and small group activities were nearly always teacher directed.</p>
<p>6-Lessons were conducted either in the home language or in the second language; a single lesson rarely included both L1 and L2.</p>
<p>7-Students were called on frequently to respond, either as individuals or as a group.</p>
<p>8-Teachers used the L1 occasionally during instruction in English to explain concepts that could not be demonstrated non-verbally and would otherwise be difficult to understand in L2. The home language was used for explanation, not for translation.</p>
<p>Using Standards to Integrate Academic Language into ESL Fluency</p>
<p>ESL standards can have a significant impact on ESL student achievement by integrating academic language into the ESL curriculum. This student population needs to focus on goals of academic competence, focusing on areas such as literacy, vocabulary, critical thinking, social skills and learning strategies. The ESL standards provide structure and guidance that can help to increase student academic success (Beckett &amp; Haley, 2000).</p>
<p>By linking the ESL standards to state academic standards, we can ensure that ESL students will receive high quality instruction in English language and content areas.</p>
<p>The TESOL (Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages) standards were developed to provide teachers with scope and sequence of the language skills that ESL students need for success in our nation&#8217;s classrooms. The standards are:</p>
<p>     1) to use English to communicate in social settings,</p>
<p>     2) to use English to achieve academically in all content areas, and</p>
<p>     3) to use English in socially and culturally appropriate ways.</p>
<p>Several strategies are offered by the authors to develop competency in social use of English. They suggest the use of seating arrangements (such as round tables, quads or pairs) to encourage social interaction. Teachers can also try to structure opportunities for students to use English outside of the classroom. Cooperative learning encourages the use of language in a social manner. Positive social interaction can help students perceive the classroom as a comfortable and friendly place, where they will feel safe using their new language skills and where they may find intrinsic motivation for communicating in English.</p>
<p>To enhance academic achievement, teachers can: create a language-rich classroom; provide students with advance organizers; label everything in the classroom to build vocabulary and help students make connections to their native language; and have different media available for student use (books, magazines, newspapers, audio-tapes, video tapes, computer software) to address different learning styles and also help build connections. To help students to use English in appropriate ways, teachers should teach what language is appropriate in what setting so students can determine when to speak and in what way (for example, formal speech or slang). Teachers should also recognize diversity and sameness in their classrooms, incorporate multicultural literature into the curriculum, and invite parents/family members to share their cultures and talents with the class. Students need to develop an understanding of and appreciation for others considering the diversity of society.</p>
<p>There are some important understandings that apply more particularly to language learning. Language teachers need to know, in particular, about the work of Rod Ellis and about the concept of intercultural communicative language teaching.</p>
<p>Ellis (2003) recommends task-based language learning. He describes an effective language learning task as one that:</p>
<p>requires the students to focus primarily on meaning;<br />
has some kind of gap that the students can close by communicating;<br />
requires the students to construct their own productive language (language output); rather than only to manipulate language that the teacher provides (language input); and<br />
has a clearly defined outcome (other than producing “correct” language).<br />
Language teachers can construct tasks that reflect real-life communication as closely as possible and that establish a genuine need for communication. For example, teachers can ask their students to seek or provide the information needed to complete a task successfully. If an activity involves a student asking to be told something that they already know, the activity is not a communicative one – and the students are not likely to find it rewarding.</p>
<p>Strategy training sequence used in cognitive academic language learning approach<br />
Investigation shows language learning strategies can be taught through strategy training. According to MacIntyre &amp; Noels (1996) students can benefit from this kind of instruction if they can understand the strategy itself, perceive it to be effective and do not consider its implementation to be too difficult. </p>
<p>There are different models for teaching learning strategies. O’Malley and Chamot (1990) propose a model that involves a sequence of five steps. In this model, teachers first help students identify the strategies they are already using, then they present and explain a new strategy. At this stage, the teacher might model the new strategy. Next, students practice the new strategy, at first with considerable support but then encouraging autonomous use. Finally, students evaluate their success and develop transfer of strategies to new tasks.</p>
<p>Preparation</p>
<p>       Develop student awareness of different strategies through small group retrospective interviews about school tasks, modeling think-aloud then having students think aloud in small groups, discussion of interviews and think-aloud. </p>
<p>Presentation</p>
<p>       Develop student knowledge about strategies by providing rationale for strategy use, describing and naming strategy, and modeling strategy.</p>
<p>Practice</p>
<p>       Develop student skills in using strategies for academic learning through co-operative learning tasks, think-aloud while problem solving, peer tutoring in academic tasks, group discussions.</p>
<p>Evaluation</p>
<p>      Develop student ability to evaluate own strategy use through writing strategies used immediately after task, discussing strategy use in class, keeping dialogue journals (with teacher) on strategy use.</p>
<p>Expansion</p>
<p>       Develop transfer of strategies to new tasks by discussions on metacognitive and motivational aspects of strategy use, additional practice on similar academic tasks, assignments to use learning strategies on tasks related to cultural backgrounds of students’ (O’Malley and Chamot 1990).</p>
<p>Providing ample opportunities for planning</p>
<p>However well prepared and experienced, an individual teacher may be in working with English language learners, providing high-quality instruction and programming requires teamwork. Quality programs that serve ELLs should involve extensive coordination and planning among staff. Too often, the planning time provided to teachers of English language learners is inadequate. In order to coordinate goals, align curricula, and ensure positive transitions for ELLs as they move through a program, adequate time for planning—including long-range planning that considers student development—is essential. When they are given sufficient time for collaboration and planning, teachers and others in programs that serve ELLs may ensure that the instruction and goals they develop for these students are part of a well-articulated framework based upon practices that are developmentally appropriate, with long-term goals and achievement in mind. <br />
The kind of planning that teachers of ELLs should be engaging in involves developmentally appropriate practice that takes into account the cognitive and social needs of students. What Greenburg (1990) calls the cognitive/developmental approach is generally considered to be the most effective, as it considers what students may be able to do at various stages of development. This approach involves different types of learning, such as social learning, physical learning and play, emotional learning, and intellectual and academic learning. Nissani (1990) summarizes this approach as one in which “children are encouraged to become involved in purposeful and creative activities with other children; to make major choices among hands-on learning activities; to initiate and accomplish self-motivated tasks in a rich environment; and to construct knowledge at their own individual pace by discovering and engaging in open-ended activities that reflect all areas of their development” (p. 3). This kind of approach tends to be highly student centered and keeps students’ developmental needs in mind by allowing them to learn at their own pace and in their own learning styles. It involves a great deal of creativity on the part of the teacher, who continually develops ways for students to interact in hands-on tasks and activities in which they may construct their own meaning through interaction.</p>
<p>Barriers to Meaningful Instruction for English Learners</p>
<p>       Effective ways teachers can help ESL students overcome barriers to meaningful instruction. Teachers can use strategies based on social interactionist theory to create classroom conditions that foster learning by modeling, scaffolding and helping students to construct understanding, with the eventual goal of becoming independent thinkers and problem solvers. (Meyer, 2000) identifies four loads as barriers to meaningful instruction: cognitive load, culture load, language load and learning load; and she states teachers must be skilled at lowering these barriers and sparking student interest and curiosity by developing a creative, wise and passionate curriculum.</p>
<p>       ‘Cognitive load’ refers to the number of new concepts embedded in a lesson. Teachers must then fill in any conceptual gaps by trying to relate new concepts to life experiences of ESL students. Thus, it becomes more critical to get to know and understand these students.</p>
<p>       &#8216;Culture load&#8217; refers to the way language and culture are related and the amount of cultural knowledge required to comprehend meaning or participate in an activity. Culture load also refers to how teachers expect interaction to occur in a classroom. This would include when to speak, when to stay silent, when to raise hands and when to write. These expectations vary from one culture to the next. English learners are often expected to determine the classroom behavioral norms independently.</p>
<p>       The next barrier, the &#8216;language load,&#8217; refers to the number of unfamiliar words encountered as an English learner reads a text or listens to teacher or peer academic talk. Teachers can lighten this load by rewriting or explaining text material. Complex sentences can be broken down into comprehensible parts.</p>
<p>       The &#8216;learning load&#8217; represents what teachers expect students to do with English in the learning activities. . An example offered by the author is brainstorming, an activity that is oral and fast-paced, with few visual examples and minimal clarification in the initial stages. Thus, teachers must carefully consider the learning load of all activities involving English learners, making adaptations and offering supports accordingly. This strategy involves the teacher doing the initial talking about a new topic and students listening before any brainstorming or other activity is assigned. This strategy is also effective with English speaking students. It prepares students to participate by helping to familiarize them with vocabulary and develop their thoughts on a topic.</p>
<p>Conclusion</p>
<p>       One of the tasks of a language teacher is to help students become autonomous learners. This can be done by assisting students to develop learning strategies. This paper has provided a brief overview of LLS and noted a number of contacts that readers may use in networking on LLS in L2/FL education. Using LLS and LLS training in the L2/FL class not only encourages learners in their language learning but also helps teachers reflect on and improve their teaching.</p>
<p>REFERENCE</p>
<p>Alexander ,L.G. (Eds.), Learning and Study Strategies: Issues in Assessment, Instruction,  and   Evaluation (pp. 11-22). New York: Academic Press.</p>
<p>Beckett, E., &amp; Haley, P. (2000). Using standards to integrate academic language into ESL fluency. The Clearing House, 74, 2, 102-104.</p>
<p>Beck, I., McKeown, M. &amp; Kucan, L. (2002). Bringing Words to Life: Robust Vocabulary Instruction. Guilford Press.</p>
<p>Bialystok, E. (1990). Communication Strategies: A Psychological Analysis of Second  Language Use. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.</p>
<p>Canale, M., &amp; Swain, M. (1980). Theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing. Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 1-47.</p>
<p>Cummins, J. (1994). Knowledge, power, and identity in teaching English as a second language. In F. Genesee (Ed.), Educating second language children: The whole child, the whole curriculum, the whole community (pp. 103-25). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Ellis, R. (2003). Task-based Language Learning and Teaching . Oxford: Oxford  University Press</p>
<p>Greenburg, P. (1990). Ideas that work with young children. Why not academic   preschool? (Part 1). Young Children, 45(4), 70-80.</p>
<p>Krashen, S. D. (1991). Bilingual education: A focus on current research (FOCUS Occasional Papers in Bilingual Education No. 3). Washington, DC: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.</p>
<p>Macintyre, P. D., &amp; Noels, K. A. (1996). Using Psychosocial Variables to Predict the Use of Language Learning Strategies. Foreign Language Annals, 29, 373-386.</p>
<p>Mayer, R. (1988). Learning strategies: An overview. In Weinstein, C., E. Goetz, &amp; P.</p>
<p>Meyer, L. (2000). Barriers to meaningful instruction for English learners. Theory into  Practice, 39, 4, 228-236.</p>
<p>Nissani, H. (1990). Early childhood programs for language minority students (Focus, Occasional Papers in Bilingual Education, No. (2). Washington, DC: National                    Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.</p>
<p>Nunan, D. (1988). The Learner-centered Curriculum. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Nunan, D. (1995). Closing the gap between learning and instruction. TESOL Quarterly, 29(1), 133-158.</p>
<p>O&#8217;Malley, J.M., &amp; Chamot, A.U. (1990). Learning strategies in second language acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.<br />
Oxford, R. (1990a). Language learning strategies: What every teacher should know. New York: Newbury House.</p>
<p>Oxford, R. (1990). Language learning strategies. What every teacher should know. Massachusetts: Heinle &amp; Heinle Publishers.</p>
<p>Oxford, R. (1992/1993). Language learning strategies in a nutshell: Update and ESL suggestions. TESOL Journal, 2(2), 18-22.</p>
<p>Pearson, E. (1988). Learner strategies and learner interviews. ELT Journal, 42(3), 173-178.</p>
<p>Rubin, J. (1987). Learner strategies: Theoretical assumptions, research history and typology. In A. Wenden &amp; J. Rubin (Eds.), Learner Strategies and Language                    Learning (pp. 15-29). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.</p>
<p>Rueda, R., &amp; Goldenberg, C. (1992). Rating instructional conversations, A guide.</p>
<p>Saunders, W., &amp; Goldenberg, C. (1999). The Effects of Instructional Conversations and Literature Logs on the Story Comprehension and Thematic Understanding of English        Proficient and Limited English Proficient Students.             </p>
<p>Skehan, P. (1989). Language learning strategies (Chapter 5). Individual Differences in Second-Language Learning (pp. 73- 99). London: Edward Arnold.</p>
<p>Tarone, E. (1983). Some thoughts on the notion of &#8216;communication strategy&#8217;. In C. Faerch &amp; G. Kasper (Eds.), Strategies in Interlanguage Communication (pp. 61-74) London:  Longman.</p>
<p>Thomas, W. P., &amp; Collier, V. (1997). School effectiveness for language minority students (Resource Collection Series No. 9). Washington: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.</p>
<p>Tutor, I. (1996). Learner-centeredness as language education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Weinstein, C., &amp; Mayer, R. (1986). The teaching of learning strategies. In M.C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching, (3rd Ed.) (pp. 315-327). New York:                   Macmillan.</p>
<p>Williams, M., &amp; Burden, R.(2002). Psychology for language teachers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Wong Fillmore, L. (1982). Instructional language as linguistic input: Second-language learning in classrooms. In L.C. Wilkinson (Ed.), Communicating in the classroom:</p>
<p>Language, thought and culture. Advances in the Study of Cognition Series. New York, NY: Academic Press.</p>
<p><strong>Melahat Jahansouz</strong> (MA &#8211; English Teaching) has been teaching English in Azad university and in  The University of Applied Science and Technology for 6 years. She has translated 5 books in psychology field in Persian.</p>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="#38, Research Paper: Effective Language Learning by Melahat Jahansouz" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-research-paper-effective-language-learning/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-10-25 11:10:18" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Effective Language Learning&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By &lt;strong&gt;Melahat Jahansouz&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Effective Language Learning&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By Melahat Jahansouz&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Introduction&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;According to cognitive psychology, there is no doubt that learners are not passive when learning a foreign or second language, but they are actively involved. According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms interact to produce either high levels or low levels of language learning. Factors stemming from the way in which classrooms are organized for instruction are within the control of the teacher. Over the last few decades a gradual but significant shift has taken place, resulting in less emphasis on teachers and teaching and greater stress on learners and learning as Northeast Conference (1990) entitled &amp;#8220;Shifting the Instructional Focus to the Learner&amp;#8221; and annual &amp;#8220;Learners&amp;#8217; Conferences&amp;#8221; held in conjunction with the TESL Canada convention since 1991, to key works on &amp;#8220;the learner-centered curriculum&amp;#8221; (Nunan, 1988, 1995) and &amp;#8220;learner-centeredness as language education&amp;#8221; (Tutor ,I. 1996). If teachers want to help their students become independent and successful, they need to help them develop appropriate learning strategies so they can deal with language tasks successfully. Language programs must have the support of principals, teachers, parents, and the community. Teachers and administrators should understand that native language instruction provides the foundation for achieving high levels of English proficiency (Cummins, 1994; Krashen, 1991; Thomas &amp;amp; Collier, 1997). Students must have access to high-quality instruction designed to help them meet high expectations. Teachers should employ strategies known to be effective with English learners, such as drawing on their prior knowledge; providing opportunities to review previously learned concepts and teaching them to employ those concepts; organizing themes or strands that connect the curriculum across subject areas; and providing individual guidance, assistance, and support to fill gaps in background knowledge. A language learning strategy is ‘like a tactic used by a player. It is a series of skills used with a particular learning process in mind’ (Williams and Burden 2002:145). Some of these strategies are observable but most are mental processes that are not directly observable. Both observable and non observable strategies help students become autonomous and successful language learners.&lt;span id=&quot;more-601&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Definitions of Language Learning Strategies&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Within L2/FL education, a number of definitions of LLS have been used by key figures in the field. Early on, Tarone (1983) defined a LS as &amp;#8220;an attempt to develop linguistic and sociolinguistic competence in the target language &amp;#8212; to incorporate these into one&amp;#8217;s interlanguage competence&amp;#8221; (p. 67). Rubin (1987) later wrote that LS &amp;#8220;are strategies which contribute to the development of the language system which the learner constructs and affect learning directly&amp;#8221; (p. 22). In their seminal study, O&amp;#8217;Malley and Chamot (1990) defined LS as &amp;#8220;the special thoughts or behaviors that individuals use to help them comprehend, learn, or retain new information&amp;#8221; (p. 1). Finally, building on work in her book for teachers (Oxford, 1990), Oxford (1992/1993) provides specific examples of LLS (i.e., &amp;#8220;In learning ESL, Trang watches U.S. TV soap operas, guessing the meaning of new expressions and predicting what will come next&amp;#8221;) and this helpful definition:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;#8230;language learning strategies &amp;#8212; specific actions, behaviors, steps, or techniques that students (often intentionally) use to improve their progress in developing L2 skills. These strategies can facilitate the internalization, storage, retrieval, or use of the new language. Strategies are tools for the self-directed involvement necessary for developing communicative ability. (Oxford, 1992/1993, p. 18)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Language Learning Strategies are Important for L2/FL Learning and Teaching&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After Canale and Swain&amp;#8217;s (1980) influential article recognized the importance of communication strategies as a key aspect of strategic (and thus communicative) competence, a number of works appeared about communication strategies in L2/FL teaching. An important distinction exists, however, between communication and language learning strategies. Communication strategies are used by speakers intentionally and consciously in order to cope with difficulties in communicating in a L2/FL (Bialystok, 1990). For all L2 teachers who aim to help develop their students&amp;#8217; communicative competence and language learning, then, an understanding of LLS is crucial. As Oxford (1990a) puts it, LLS &amp;#8220;&amp;#8230;are especially important for language learning because they are tools for active, self-directed involvement, which is essential for developing communicative competence&amp;#8221; (p. 1). LLS are important because research suggests that training students to use LLS can help them become better language learners.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Three types of social LLS are noted in Oxford (1990a): asking questions, co-operating with others, and empathizing with others (p. 21). General examples of LLS given in each of these categories are as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asking questions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asking for clarification or verification&lt;br /&gt;
Asking for correction&lt;br /&gt;
Co-operating with others&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Co-operating with peers&lt;br /&gt;
Co-operating with proficient users of the new language&lt;br /&gt;
Empathizing with others&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Developing cultural understanding&lt;br /&gt;
Becoming aware of others&amp;#8217; thoughts and feelings (Oxford, 1990a, p. 21)&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Strategy in different domains&lt;br /&gt;
Weinstein and Mayer (1986) defined learning strategies (LS) broadly as &amp;#8220;behaviors and thoughts that a learner engages in during learning&amp;#8221; which are &amp;#8220;intended to influence the learner&amp;#8217;s encoding process&amp;#8221; (p. 315). Later Mayer (1988) more specifically defined LS as &amp;#8220;behaviors of a learner that are intended to influence how the learner processes information&amp;#8221; (p. 11). These early definitions from the educational literature reflect the roots of LS in cognitive science, with its essential assumptions that human beings process information and that learning involves such information processing. Clearly, LS are involved in all learning, regardless of the content and context. LS are thus used in learning and teaching math, science, history, languages and other subjects, both in classroom settings and more informal learning environments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Transfer of a strategy from one language or language skill to another is a related goal of LLS, as Pearson (1988) and Skehan (1989) have discussed. In her teacher-oriented text, Oxford summarizes her view of LLS. She states that LLS:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
allow learners to become more self-directed&lt;br /&gt;
expand the role of language teachers&lt;br /&gt;
are problem-oriented&lt;br /&gt;
involve many aspects, not just the cognitive&lt;br /&gt;
can be taught&lt;br /&gt;
are flexible&lt;br /&gt;
are influenced by a variety of factors.&lt;br /&gt;
(Oxford, 1990a, p. 9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Characteristics of Effective L2 Classrooms&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms interact to produce either high levels or low levels of language learning. Wong Fillmore found the following to be salient characteristics of classrooms that promote L2 learning:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;1- In classes with a wide range of language abilities, the students were grouped by language ability for instruction within their classroom. These groupings were flexible and temporary, changing according to learners&amp;#8217; growing language proficiencies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;2-Some subjects were taught in the unfamiliar language L2, while others were taught in familiar language the L1.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;3-When the unfamiliar language was used as the medium of instruction, the teacher made special efforts to use the language in a way that made it possible for the students to understand the content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;4-Numerous occasions each day were provided for members of each group to interaction with each other in large and small group activities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;5-Classes were organized around highly-structured, teacher-directed activities. Both whole group and small group activities were nearly always teacher directed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;6-Lessons were conducted either in the home language or in the second language; a single lesson rarely included both L1 and L2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;7-Students were called on frequently to respond, either as individuals or as a group.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;8-Teachers used the L1 occasionally during instruction in English to explain concepts that could not be demonstrated non-verbally and would otherwise be difficult to understand in L2. The home language was used for explanation, not for translation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using Standards to Integrate Academic Language into ESL Fluency&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;ESL standards can have a significant impact on ESL student achievement by integrating academic language into the ESL curriculum. This student population needs to focus on goals of academic competence, focusing on areas such as literacy, vocabulary, critical thinking, social skills and learning strategies. The ESL standards provide structure and guidance that can help to increase student academic success (Beckett &amp;amp; Haley, 2000).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By linking the ESL standards to state academic standards, we can ensure that ESL students will receive high quality instruction in English language and content areas.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The TESOL (Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages) standards were developed to provide teachers with scope and sequence of the language skills that ESL students need for success in our nation&amp;#8217;s classrooms. The standards are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;     1) to use English to communicate in social settings,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;     2) to use English to achieve academically in all content areas, and&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;     3) to use English in socially and culturally appropriate ways.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Several strategies are offered by the authors to develop competency in social use of English. They suggest the use of seating arrangements (such as round tables, quads or pairs) to encourage social interaction. Teachers can also try to structure opportunities for students to use English outside of the classroom. Cooperative learning encourages the use of language in a social manner. Positive social interaction can help students perceive the classroom as a comfortable and friendly place, where they will feel safe using their new language skills and where they may find intrinsic motivation for communicating in English.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To enhance academic achievement, teachers can: create a language-rich classroom; provide students with advance organizers; label everything in the classroom to build vocabulary and help students make connections to their native language; and have different media available for student use (books, magazines, newspapers, audio-tapes, video tapes, computer software) to address different learning styles and also help build connections. To help students to use English in appropriate ways, teachers should teach what language is appropriate in what setting so students can determine when to speak and in what way (for example, formal speech or slang). Teachers should also recognize diversity and sameness in their classrooms, incorporate multicultural literature into the curriculum, and invite parents/family members to share their cultures and talents with the class. Students need to develop an understanding of and appreciation for others considering the diversity of society.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are some important understandings that apply more particularly to language learning. Language teachers need to know, in particular, about the work of Rod Ellis and about the concept of intercultural communicative language teaching.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ellis (2003) recommends task-based language learning. He describes an effective language learning task as one that:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;requires the students to focus primarily on meaning;&lt;br /&gt;
has some kind of gap that the students can close by communicating;&lt;br /&gt;
requires the students to construct their own productive language (language output); rather than only to manipulate language that the teacher provides (language input); and&lt;br /&gt;
has a clearly defined outcome (other than producing “correct” language).&lt;br /&gt;
Language teachers can construct tasks that reflect real-life communication as closely as possible and that establish a genuine need for communication. For example, teachers can ask their students to seek or provide the information needed to complete a task successfully. If an activity involves a student asking to be told something that they already know, the activity is not a communicative one – and the students are not likely to find it rewarding.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Strategy training sequence used in cognitive academic language learning approach&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation shows language learning strategies can be taught through strategy training. According to MacIntyre &amp;amp; Noels (1996) students can benefit from this kind of instruction if they can understand the strategy itself, perceive it to be effective and do not consider its implementation to be too difficult. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are different models for teaching learning strategies. O’Malley and Chamot (1990) propose a model that involves a sequence of five steps. In this model, teachers first help students identify the strategies they are already using, then they present and explain a new strategy. At this stage, the teacher might model the new strategy. Next, students practice the new strategy, at first with considerable support but then encouraging autonomous use. Finally, students evaluate their success and develop transfer of strategies to new tasks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Preparation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Develop student awareness of different strategies through small group retrospective interviews about school tasks, modeling think-aloud then having students think aloud in small groups, discussion of interviews and think-aloud. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Presentation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Develop student knowledge about strategies by providing rationale for strategy use, describing and naming strategy, and modeling strategy.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Practice&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Develop student skills in using strategies for academic learning through co-operative learning tasks, think-aloud while problem solving, peer tutoring in academic tasks, group discussions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Evaluation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;      Develop student ability to evaluate own strategy use through writing strategies used immediately after task, discussing strategy use in class, keeping dialogue journals (with teacher) on strategy use.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Expansion&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Develop transfer of strategies to new tasks by discussions on metacognitive and motivational aspects of strategy use, additional practice on similar academic tasks, assignments to use learning strategies on tasks related to cultural backgrounds of students’ (O’Malley and Chamot 1990).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Providing ample opportunities for planning&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However well prepared and experienced, an individual teacher may be in working with English language learners, providing high-quality instruction and programming requires teamwork. Quality programs that serve ELLs should involve extensive coordination and planning among staff. Too often, the planning time provided to teachers of English language learners is inadequate. In order to coordinate goals, align curricula, and ensure positive transitions for ELLs as they move through a program, adequate time for planning—including long-range planning that considers student development—is essential. When they are given sufficient time for collaboration and planning, teachers and others in programs that serve ELLs may ensure that the instruction and goals they develop for these students are part of a well-articulated framework based upon practices that are developmentally appropriate, with long-term goals and achievement in mind. &lt;br /&gt;
The kind of planning that teachers of ELLs should be engaging in involves developmentally appropriate practice that takes into account the cognitive and social needs of students. What Greenburg (1990) calls the cognitive/developmental approach is generally considered to be the most effective, as it considers what students may be able to do at various stages of development. This approach involves different types of learning, such as social learning, physical learning and play, emotional learning, and intellectual and academic learning. Nissani (1990) summarizes this approach as one in which “children are encouraged to become involved in purposeful and creative activities with other children; to make major choices among hands-on learning activities; to initiate and accomplish self-motivated tasks in a rich environment; and to construct knowledge at their own individual pace by discovering and engaging in open-ended activities that reflect all areas of their development” (p. 3). This kind of approach tends to be highly student centered and keeps students’ developmental needs in mind by allowing them to learn at their own pace and in their own learning styles. It involves a great deal of creativity on the part of the teacher, who continually develops ways for students to interact in hands-on tasks and activities in which they may construct their own meaning through interaction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barriers to Meaningful Instruction for English Learners&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Effective ways teachers can help ESL students overcome barriers to meaningful instruction. Teachers can use strategies based on social interactionist theory to create classroom conditions that foster learning by modeling, scaffolding and helping students to construct understanding, with the eventual goal of becoming independent thinkers and problem solvers. (Meyer, 2000) identifies four loads as barriers to meaningful instruction: cognitive load, culture load, language load and learning load; and she states teachers must be skilled at lowering these barriers and sparking student interest and curiosity by developing a creative, wise and passionate curriculum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       ‘Cognitive load’ refers to the number of new concepts embedded in a lesson. Teachers must then fill in any conceptual gaps by trying to relate new concepts to life experiences of ESL students. Thus, it becomes more critical to get to know and understand these students.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       &amp;#8216;Culture load&amp;#8217; refers to the way language and culture are related and the amount of cultural knowledge required to comprehend meaning or participate in an activity. Culture load also refers to how teachers expect interaction to occur in a classroom. This would include when to speak, when to stay silent, when to raise hands and when to write. These expectations vary from one culture to the next. English learners are often expected to determine the classroom behavioral norms independently.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       The next barrier, the &amp;#8216;language load,&amp;#8217; refers to the number of unfamiliar words encountered as an English learner reads a text or listens to teacher or peer academic talk. Teachers can lighten this load by rewriting or explaining text material. Complex sentences can be broken down into comprehensible parts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       The &amp;#8216;learning load&amp;#8217; represents what teachers expect students to do with English in the learning activities. . An example offered by the author is brainstorming, an activity that is oral and fast-paced, with few visual examples and minimal clarification in the initial stages. Thus, teachers must carefully consider the learning load of all activities involving English learners, making adaptations and offering supports accordingly. This strategy involves the teacher doing the initial talking about a new topic and students listening before any brainstorming or other activity is assigned. This strategy is also effective with English speaking students. It prepares students to participate by helping to familiarize them with vocabulary and develop their thoughts on a topic.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conclusion&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       One of the tasks of a language teacher is to help students become autonomous learners. This can be done by assisting students to develop learning strategies. This paper has provided a brief overview of LLS and noted a number of contacts that readers may use in networking on LLS in L2/FL education. Using LLS and LLS training in the L2/FL class not only encourages learners in their language learning but also helps teachers reflect on and improve their teaching.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;REFERENCE&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alexander ,L.G. (Eds.), Learning and Study Strategies: Issues in Assessment, Instruction,  and   Evaluation (pp. 11-22). New York: Academic Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beckett, E., &amp;amp; Haley, P. (2000). Using standards to integrate academic language into ESL fluency. The Clearing House, 74, 2, 102-104.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beck, I., McKeown, M. &amp;amp; Kucan, L. (2002). Bringing Words to Life: Robust Vocabulary Instruction. Guilford Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bialystok, E. (1990). Communication Strategies: A Psychological Analysis of Second  Language Use. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Canale, M., &amp;amp; Swain, M. (1980). Theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing. Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 1-47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cummins, J. (1994). Knowledge, power, and identity in teaching English as a second language. In F. Genesee (Ed.), Educating second language children: The whole child, the whole curriculum, the whole community (pp. 103-25). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ellis, R. (2003). Task-based Language Learning and Teaching . Oxford: Oxford  University Press&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Greenburg, P. (1990). Ideas that work with young children. Why not academic   preschool? (Part 1). Young Children, 45(4), 70-80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Krashen, S. D. (1991). Bilingual education: A focus on current research (FOCUS Occasional Papers in Bilingual Education No. 3). Washington, DC: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Macintyre, P. D., &amp;amp; Noels, K. A. (1996). Using Psychosocial Variables to Predict the Use of Language Learning Strategies. Foreign Language Annals, 29, 373-386.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mayer, R. (1988). Learning strategies: An overview. In Weinstein, C., E. Goetz, &amp;amp; P.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Meyer, L. (2000). Barriers to meaningful instruction for English learners. Theory into  Practice, 39, 4, 228-236.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nissani, H. (1990). Early childhood programs for language minority students (Focus, Occasional Papers in Bilingual Education, No. (2). Washington, DC: National                    Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nunan, D. (1988). The Learner-centered Curriculum. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nunan, D. (1995). Closing the gap between learning and instruction. TESOL Quarterly, 29(1), 133-158.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;O&amp;#8217;Malley, J.M., &amp;amp; Chamot, A.U. (1990). Learning strategies in second language acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
Oxford, R. (1990a). Language learning strategies: What every teacher should know. New York: Newbury House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oxford, R. (1990). Language learning strategies. What every teacher should know. Massachusetts: Heinle &amp;amp; Heinle Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oxford, R. (1992/1993). Language learning strategies in a nutshell: Update and ESL suggestions. TESOL Journal, 2(2), 18-22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pearson, E. (1988). Learner strategies and learner interviews. ELT Journal, 42(3), 173-178.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rubin, J. (1987). Learner strategies: Theoretical assumptions, research history and typology. In A. Wenden &amp;amp; J. Rubin (Eds.), Learner Strategies and Language                    Learning (pp. 15-29). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rueda, R., &amp;amp; Goldenberg, C. (1992). Rating instructional conversations, A guide.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Saunders, W., &amp;amp; Goldenberg, C. (1999). The Effects of Instructional Conversations and Literature Logs on the Story Comprehension and Thematic Understanding of English        Proficient and Limited English Proficient Students.             &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Skehan, P. (1989). Language learning strategies (Chapter 5). Individual Differences in Second-Language Learning (pp. 73- 99). London: Edward Arnold.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tarone, E. (1983). Some thoughts on the notion of &amp;#8216;communication strategy&amp;#8217;. In C. Faerch &amp;amp; G. Kasper (Eds.), Strategies in Interlanguage Communication (pp. 61-74) London:  Longman.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thomas, W. P., &amp;amp; Collier, V. (1997). School effectiveness for language minority students (Resource Collection Series No. 9). Washington: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tutor, I. (1996). Learner-centeredness as language education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weinstein, C., &amp;amp; Mayer, R. (1986). The teaching of learning strategies. In M.C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching, (3rd Ed.) (pp. 315-327). New York:                   Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, M., &amp;amp; Burden, R.(2002). Psychology for language teachers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wong Fillmore, L. (1982). Instructional language as linguistic input: Second-language learning in classrooms. In L.C. Wilkinson (Ed.), Communicating in the classroom:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Language, thought and culture. Advances in the Study of Cognition Series. New York, NY: Academic Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Melahat Jahansouz (MA &amp;#8211; English Teaching) has been teaching English in Azad university and in  The University of Applied Science and Technology for 6 years. She has translated 5 books in psychology field in Persian.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Introduction&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;According to cognitive psychology, there is no doubt that learners are not passive when learning a foreign or second language, but they are actively involved. According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms interact to produce either high levels or low levels of language learning. Factors stemming from the way in which classrooms are organized for instruction are within the control of the teacher. Over the last few decades a gradual but significant shift has taken place, resulting in less emphasis on teachers and teaching and greater stress on learners and learning as Northeast Conference (1990) entitled &amp;#8220;Shifting the Instructional Focus to the Learner&amp;#8221; and annual &amp;#8220;Learners&amp;#8217; Conferences&amp;#8221; held in conjunction with the TESL Canada convention since 1991, to key works on &amp;#8220;the learner-centered curriculum&amp;#8221; (Nunan, 1988, 1995) and &amp;#8220;learner-centeredness as language education&amp;#8221; (Tutor ,I. 1996). If teachers want to help their students become independent and successful, they need to help them develop appropriate learning strategies so they can deal with language tasks successfully. Language programs must have the support of principals, teachers, parents, and the community. Teachers and administrators should understand that native language instruction provides the foundation for achieving high levels of English proficiency (Cummins, 1994; Krashen, 1991; Thomas &amp;amp; Collier, 1997). Students must have access to high-quality instruction designed to help them meet high expectations. Teachers should employ strategies known to be effective with English learners, such as drawing on their prior knowledge; providing opportunities to review previously learned concepts and teaching them to employ those concepts; organizing themes or strands that connect the curriculum across subject areas; and providing individual guidance, assistance, and support to fill gaps in background knowledge. A language learning strategy is ‘like a tactic used by a player. It is a series of skills used with a particular learning process in mind’ (Williams and Burden 2002:145). Some of these strategies are observable but most are mental processes that are not directly observable. Both observable and non observable strategies help students become autonomous and successful language learners.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Definitions of Language Learning Strategies&lt;br /&gt;
Within L2/FL education, a number of definitions of LLS have been used by key figures in the field. Early on, Tarone (1983) defined a LS as &amp;#8220;an attempt to develop linguistic and sociolinguistic competence in the target language &amp;#8212; to incorporate these into one&amp;#8217;s interlanguage competence&amp;#8221; (p. 67). Rubin (1987) later wrote that LS &amp;#8220;are strategies which contribute to the development of the language system which the learner constructs and affect learning directly&amp;#8221; (p. 22). In their seminal study, O&amp;#8217;Malley and Chamot (1990) defined LS as &amp;#8220;the special thoughts or behaviors that individuals use to help them comprehend, learn, or retain new information&amp;#8221; (p. 1). Finally, building on work in her book for teachers (Oxford, 1990), Oxford (1992/1993) provides specific examples of LLS (i.e., &amp;#8220;In learning ESL, Trang watches U.S. TV soap operas, guessing the meaning of new expressions and predicting what will come next&amp;#8221;) and this helpful definition:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;#8230;language learning strategies &amp;#8212; specific actions, behaviors, steps, or techniques that students (often intentionally) use to improve their progress in developing L2 skills. These strategies can facilitate the internalization, storage, retrieval, or use of the new language. Strategies are tools for the self-directed involvement necessary for developing communicative ability. (Oxford, 1992/1993, p. 18)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Language Learning Strategies are Important for L2/FL Learning and Teaching&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After Canale and Swain&amp;#8217;s (1980) influential article recognized the importance of communication strategies as a key aspect of strategic (and thus communicative) competence, a number of works appeared about communication strategies in L2/FL teaching. An important distinction exists, however, between communication and language learning strategies. Communication strategies are used by speakers intentionally and consciously in order to cope with difficulties in communicating in a L2/FL (Bialystok, 1990). For all L2 teachers who aim to help develop their students&amp;#8217; communicative competence and language learning, then, an understanding of LLS is crucial. As Oxford (1990a) puts it, LLS &amp;#8220;&amp;#8230;are especially important for language learning because they are tools for active, self-directed involvement, which is essential for developing communicative competence&amp;#8221; (p. 1). LLS are important because research suggests that training students to use LLS can help them become better language learners.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Three types of social LLS are noted in Oxford (1990a): asking questions, co-operating with others, and empathizing with others (p. 21). General examples of LLS given in each of these categories are as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asking questions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asking for clarification or verification&lt;br /&gt;
Asking for correction&lt;br /&gt;
Co-operating with others&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Co-operating with peers&lt;br /&gt;
Co-operating with proficient users of the new language&lt;br /&gt;
Empathizing with others&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Developing cultural understanding&lt;br /&gt;
Becoming aware of others&amp;#8217; thoughts and feelings (Oxford, 1990a, p. 21)&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Strategy in different domains&lt;br /&gt;
Weinstein and Mayer (1986) defined learning strategies (LS) broadly as &amp;#8220;behaviors and thoughts that a learner engages in during learning&amp;#8221; which are &amp;#8220;intended to influence the learner&amp;#8217;s encoding process&amp;#8221; (p. 315). Later Mayer (1988) more specifically defined LS as &amp;#8220;behaviors of a learner that are intended to influence how the learner processes information&amp;#8221; (p. 11). These early definitions from the educational literature reflect the roots of LS in cognitive science, with its essential assumptions that human beings process information and that learning involves such information processing. Clearly, LS are involved in all learning, regardless of the content and context. LS are thus used in learning and teaching math, science, history, languages and other subjects, both in classroom settings and more informal learning environments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Transfer of a strategy from one language or language skill to another is a related goal of LLS, as Pearson (1988) and Skehan (1989) have discussed. In her teacher-oriented text, Oxford summarizes her view of LLS. She states that LLS:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
allow learners to become more self-directed&lt;br /&gt;
expand the role of language teachers&lt;br /&gt;
are problem-oriented&lt;br /&gt;
involve many aspects, not just the cognitive&lt;br /&gt;
can be taught&lt;br /&gt;
are flexible&lt;br /&gt;
are influenced by a variety of factors.&lt;br /&gt;
(Oxford, 1990a, p. 9)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Characteristics of Effective L2 Classrooms&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;According to a study conducted by Lilly Wong Fillmore (1982), language use patterns, organization for instructional activities, and the student composition of classrooms interact to produce either high levels or low levels of language learning. Wong Fillmore found the following to be salient characteristics of classrooms that promote L2 learning:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;1- In classes with a wide range of language abilities, the students were grouped by language ability for instruction within their classroom. These groupings were flexible and temporary, changing according to learners&amp;#8217; growing language proficiencies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;2-Some subjects were taught in the unfamiliar language L2, while others were taught in familiar language the L1.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;3-When the unfamiliar language was used as the medium of instruction, the teacher made special efforts to use the language in a way that made it possible for the students to understand the content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;4-Numerous occasions each day were provided for members of each group to interaction with each other in large and small group activities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;5-Classes were organized around highly-structured, teacher-directed activities. Both whole group and small group activities were nearly always teacher directed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;6-Lessons were conducted either in the home language or in the second language; a single lesson rarely included both L1 and L2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;7-Students were called on frequently to respond, either as individuals or as a group.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;8-Teachers used the L1 occasionally during instruction in English to explain concepts that could not be demonstrated non-verbally and would otherwise be difficult to understand in L2. The home language was used for explanation, not for translation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using Standards to Integrate Academic Language into ESL Fluency&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;ESL standards can have a significant impact on ESL student achievement by integrating academic language into the ESL curriculum. This student population needs to focus on goals of academic competence, focusing on areas such as literacy, vocabulary, critical thinking, social skills and learning strategies. The ESL standards provide structure and guidance that can help to increase student academic success (Beckett &amp;amp; Haley, 2000).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By linking the ESL standards to state academic standards, we can ensure that ESL students will receive high quality instruction in English language and content areas.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The TESOL (Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages) standards were developed to provide teachers with scope and sequence of the language skills that ESL students need for success in our nation&amp;#8217;s classrooms. The standards are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;     1) to use English to communicate in social settings,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;     2) to use English to achieve academically in all content areas, and&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;     3) to use English in socially and culturally appropriate ways.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Several strategies are offered by the authors to develop competency in social use of English. They suggest the use of seating arrangements (such as round tables, quads or pairs) to encourage social interaction. Teachers can also try to structure opportunities for students to use English outside of the classroom. Cooperative learning encourages the use of language in a social manner. Positive social interaction can help students perceive the classroom as a comfortable and friendly place, where they will feel safe using their new language skills and where they may find intrinsic motivation for communicating in English.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To enhance academic achievement, teachers can: create a language-rich classroom; provide students with advance organizers; label everything in the classroom to build vocabulary and help students make connections to their native language; and have different media available for student use (books, magazines, newspapers, audio-tapes, video tapes, computer software) to address different learning styles and also help build connections. To help students to use English in appropriate ways, teachers should teach what language is appropriate in what setting so students can determine when to speak and in what way (for example, formal speech or slang). Teachers should also recognize diversity and sameness in their classrooms, incorporate multicultural literature into the curriculum, and invite parents/family members to share their cultures and talents with the class. Students need to develop an understanding of and appreciation for others considering the diversity of society.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are some important understandings that apply more particularly to language learning. Language teachers need to know, in particular, about the work of Rod Ellis and about the concept of intercultural communicative language teaching.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ellis (2003) recommends task-based language learning. He describes an effective language learning task as one that:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;requires the students to focus primarily on meaning;&lt;br /&gt;
has some kind of gap that the students can close by communicating;&lt;br /&gt;
requires the students to construct their own productive language (language output); rather than only to manipulate language that the teacher provides (language input); and&lt;br /&gt;
has a clearly defined outcome (other than producing “correct” language).&lt;br /&gt;
Language teachers can construct tasks that reflect real-life communication as closely as possible and that establish a genuine need for communication. For example, teachers can ask their students to seek or provide the information needed to complete a task successfully. If an activity involves a student asking to be told something that they already know, the activity is not a communicative one – and the students are not likely to find it rewarding.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Strategy training sequence used in cognitive academic language learning approach&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation shows language learning strategies can be taught through strategy training. According to MacIntyre &amp;amp; Noels (1996) students can benefit from this kind of instruction if they can understand the strategy itself, perceive it to be effective and do not consider its implementation to be too difficult. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are different models for teaching learning strategies. O’Malley and Chamot (1990) propose a model that involves a sequence of five steps. In this model, teachers first help students identify the strategies they are already using, then they present and explain a new strategy. At this stage, the teacher might model the new strategy. Next, students practice the new strategy, at first with considerable support but then encouraging autonomous use. Finally, students evaluate their success and develop transfer of strategies to new tasks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Preparation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Develop student awareness of different strategies through small group retrospective interviews about school tasks, modeling think-aloud then having students think aloud in small groups, discussion of interviews and think-aloud. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Presentation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Develop student knowledge about strategies by providing rationale for strategy use, describing and naming strategy, and modeling strategy.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Practice&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Develop student skills in using strategies for academic learning through co-operative learning tasks, think-aloud while problem solving, peer tutoring in academic tasks, group discussions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Evaluation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;      Develop student ability to evaluate own strategy use through writing strategies used immediately after task, discussing strategy use in class, keeping dialogue journals (with teacher) on strategy use.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Expansion&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Develop transfer of strategies to new tasks by discussions on metacognitive and motivational aspects of strategy use, additional practice on similar academic tasks, assignments to use learning strategies on tasks related to cultural backgrounds of students’ (O’Malley and Chamot 1990).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Providing ample opportunities for planning&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However well prepared and experienced, an individual teacher may be in working with English language learners, providing high-quality instruction and programming requires teamwork. Quality programs that serve ELLs should involve extensive coordination and planning among staff. Too often, the planning time provided to teachers of English language learners is inadequate. In order to coordinate goals, align curricula, and ensure positive transitions for ELLs as they move through a program, adequate time for planning—including long-range planning that considers student development—is essential. When they are given sufficient time for collaboration and planning, teachers and others in programs that serve ELLs may ensure that the instruction and goals they develop for these students are part of a well-articulated framework based upon practices that are developmentally appropriate, with long-term goals and achievement in mind. &lt;br /&gt;
The kind of planning that teachers of ELLs should be engaging in involves developmentally appropriate practice that takes into account the cognitive and social needs of students. What Greenburg (1990) calls the cognitive/developmental approach is generally considered to be the most effective, as it considers what students may be able to do at various stages of development. This approach involves different types of learning, such as social learning, physical learning and play, emotional learning, and intellectual and academic learning. Nissani (1990) summarizes this approach as one in which “children are encouraged to become involved in purposeful and creative activities with other children; to make major choices among hands-on learning activities; to initiate and accomplish self-motivated tasks in a rich environment; and to construct knowledge at their own individual pace by discovering and engaging in open-ended activities that reflect all areas of their development” (p. 3). This kind of approach tends to be highly student centered and keeps students’ developmental needs in mind by allowing them to learn at their own pace and in their own learning styles. It involves a great deal of creativity on the part of the teacher, who continually develops ways for students to interact in hands-on tasks and activities in which they may construct their own meaning through interaction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barriers to Meaningful Instruction for English Learners&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       Effective ways teachers can help ESL students overcome barriers to meaningful instruction. Teachers can use strategies based on social interactionist theory to create classroom conditions that foster learning by modeling, scaffolding and helping students to construct understanding, with the eventual goal of becoming independent thinkers and problem solvers. (Meyer, 2000) identifies four loads as barriers to meaningful instruction: cognitive load, culture load, language load and learning load; and she states teachers must be skilled at lowering these barriers and sparking student interest and curiosity by developing a creative, wise and passionate curriculum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       ‘Cognitive load’ refers to the number of new concepts embedded in a lesson. Teachers must then fill in any conceptual gaps by trying to relate new concepts to life experiences of ESL students. Thus, it becomes more critical to get to know and understand these students.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       &amp;#8216;Culture load&amp;#8217; refers to the way language and culture are related and the amount of cultural knowledge required to comprehend meaning or participate in an activity. Culture load also refers to how teachers expect interaction to occur in a classroom. This would include when to speak, when to stay silent, when to raise hands and when to write. These expectations vary from one culture to the next. English learners are often expected to determine the classroom behavioral norms independently.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       The next barrier, the &amp;#8216;language load,&amp;#8217; refers to the number of unfamiliar words encountered as an English learner reads a text or listens to teacher or peer academic talk. Teachers can lighten this load by rewriting or explaining text material. Complex sentences can be broken down into comprehensible parts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       The &amp;#8216;learning load&amp;#8217; represents what teachers expect students to do with English in the learning activities. . An example offered by the author is brainstorming, an activity that is oral and fast-paced, with few visual examples and minimal clarification in the initial stages. Thus, teachers must carefully consider the learning load of all activities involving English learners, making adaptations and offering supports accordingly. This strategy involves the teacher doing the initial talking about a new topic and students listening before any brainstorming or other activity is assigned. This strategy is also effective with English speaking students. It prepares students to participate by helping to familiarize them with vocabulary and develop their thoughts on a topic.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conclusion&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;       One of the tasks of a language teacher is to help students become autonomous learners. This can be done by assisting students to develop learning strategies. This paper has provided a brief overview of LLS and noted a number of contacts that readers may use in networking on LLS in L2/FL education. Using LLS and LLS training in the L2/FL class not only encourages learners in their language learning but also helps teachers reflect on and improve their teaching.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;REFERENCE&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alexander ,L.G. (Eds.), Learning and Study Strategies: Issues in Assessment, Instruction,  and   Evaluation (pp. 11-22). New York: Academic Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beckett, E., &amp;amp; Haley, P. (2000). Using standards to integrate academic language into ESL fluency. The Clearing House, 74, 2, 102-104.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beck, I., McKeown, M. &amp;amp; Kucan, L. (2002). Bringing Words to Life: Robust Vocabulary Instruction. Guilford Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bialystok, E. (1990). Communication Strategies: A Psychological Analysis of Second  Language Use. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Canale, M., &amp;amp; Swain, M. (1980). Theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing. Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 1-47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cummins, J. (1994). Knowledge, power, and identity in teaching English as a second language. In F. Genesee (Ed.), Educating second language children: The whole child, the whole curriculum, the whole community (pp. 103-25). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ellis, R. (2003). Task-based Language Learning and Teaching . Oxford: Oxford  University Press&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Greenburg, P. (1990). Ideas that work with young children. Why not academic   preschool? (Part 1). Young Children, 45(4), 70-80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Krashen, S. D. (1991). Bilingual education: A focus on current research (FOCUS Occasional Papers in Bilingual Education No. 3). Washington, DC: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Macintyre, P. D., &amp;amp; Noels, K. A. (1996). Using Psychosocial Variables to Predict the Use of Language Learning Strategies. Foreign Language Annals, 29, 373-386.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mayer, R. (1988). Learning strategies: An overview. In Weinstein, C., E. Goetz, &amp;amp; P.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Meyer, L. (2000). Barriers to meaningful instruction for English learners. Theory into  Practice, 39, 4, 228-236.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nissani, H. (1990). Early childhood programs for language minority students (Focus, Occasional Papers in Bilingual Education, No. (2). Washington, DC: National                    Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nunan, D. (1988). The Learner-centered Curriculum. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nunan, D. (1995). Closing the gap between learning and instruction. TESOL Quarterly, 29(1), 133-158.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;O&amp;#8217;Malley, J.M., &amp;amp; Chamot, A.U. (1990). Learning strategies in second language acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
Oxford, R. (1990a). Language learning strategies: What every teacher should know. New York: Newbury House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oxford, R. (1990). Language learning strategies. What every teacher should know. Massachusetts: Heinle &amp;amp; Heinle Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oxford, R. (1992/1993). Language learning strategies in a nutshell: Update and ESL suggestions. TESOL Journal, 2(2), 18-22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pearson, E. (1988). Learner strategies and learner interviews. ELT Journal, 42(3), 173-178.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rubin, J. (1987). Learner strategies: Theoretical assumptions, research history and typology. In A. Wenden &amp;amp; J. Rubin (Eds.), Learner Strategies and Language                    Learning (pp. 15-29). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rueda, R., &amp;amp; Goldenberg, C. (1992). Rating instructional conversations, A guide.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Saunders, W., &amp;amp; Goldenberg, C. (1999). The Effects of Instructional Conversations and Literature Logs on the Story Comprehension and Thematic Understanding of English        Proficient and Limited English Proficient Students.             &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Skehan, P. (1989). Language learning strategies (Chapter 5). Individual Differences in Second-Language Learning (pp. 73- 99). London: Edward Arnold.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tarone, E. (1983). Some thoughts on the notion of &amp;#8216;communication strategy&amp;#8217;. In C. Faerch &amp;amp; G. Kasper (Eds.), Strategies in Interlanguage Communication (pp. 61-74) London:  Longman.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thomas, W. P., &amp;amp; Collier, V. (1997). School effectiveness for language minority students (Resource Collection Series No. 9). Washington: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tutor, I. (1996). Learner-centeredness as language education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weinstein, C., &amp;amp; Mayer, R. (1986). The teaching of learning strategies. In M.C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching, (3rd Ed.) (pp. 315-327). New York:                   Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, M., &amp;amp; Burden, R.(2002). Psychology for language teachers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wong Fillmore, L. (1982). Instructional language as linguistic input: Second-language learning in classrooms. In L.C. Wilkinson (Ed.), Communicating in the classroom:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Language, thought and culture. Advances in the Study of Cognition Series. New York, NY: Academic Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Melahat Jahansouz&lt;/strong&gt; (MA &amp;#8211; English Teaching) has been teaching English in Azad university and in  The University of Applied Science and Technology for 6 years. She has translated 5 books in psychology field in Persian.&lt;/p&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="PDF"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="PDF" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/38-research-paper-effective-language-learning/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>ELTWeekly Issue#37 Contents</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/eltweekly-issue37-contents/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/eltweekly-issue37-contents/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 10 Oct 2009 04:01:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#37]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tarun Patel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT in ELT]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=585</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[
Blog of the week: Richard Byrne’s ‘Free Technology for Teachers’


Research Paper: Characteristics of Indian English


Video: Cambridge Academy of English


Free eBook: Action Plan for Teachers


Book of the week: Internet English: Www-Based Communication Activities


Interview with Dr. Ranganayaki Srinivas


Article: English Teacher: An Integral Entity of English Language by Aadhi Ramesh Babu


GUIDELINES FOR CONTRIBUTORS


Feedback.











Send article as PDF to  [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-blog-of-the-week-richard-byrnes-free-technology-for-teachers/" target="_blank">Blog of the week: Richard Byrne’s ‘Free Technology for Teachers’</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-research-paper-characteristics-of-indian-english/" target="_blank">Research Paper: Characteristics of Indian English</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-video-cambridge-academy-of-english/" target="_blank">Video: Cambridge Academy of English</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-free-ebook-action-plan-for-teachers/" target="_blank">Free eBook: Action Plan for Teachers</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-book-of-the-week-internet-english-www-based-communication-activities/" target="_blank">Book of the week: Internet English: Www-Based Communication Activities</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-interview-with-dr-ranganayaki-srinivas/" target="_blank">Interview with Dr. Ranganayaki Srinivas</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-article-english-teacher-an-integral-entity-of-english-language-by-aadhi-ramesh-babu/" target="_blank">Article: English Teacher: An Integral Entity of English Language by Aadhi Ramesh Babu</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/08/08/guidelines-for-contributors/" target="_blank">GUIDELINES FOR CONTRIBUTORS</a></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/feedback/" target="_blank">Feedback</a>.</li>
</ul>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="ELTWeekly Issue#37 Contents" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/eltweekly-issue37-contents/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-10-10 07:10:13" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-blog-of-the-week-richard-byrnes-free-technology-for-teachers/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Blog of the week: Richard Byrne’s ‘Free Technology for Teachers’&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-research-paper-characteristics-of-indian-english/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Research Paper: Characteristics of Indian English&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-video-cambridge-academy-of-english/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Video: Cambridge Academy of English&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-free-ebook-action-plan-for-teachers/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Free eBook: Action Plan for Teachers&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-book-of-the-week-internet-english-www-based-communication-activities/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Book of the week: Internet English: Www-Based Communication Activities&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-interview-with-dr-ranganayaki-srinivas/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Interview with Dr. Ranganayaki Srinivas&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-article-english-teacher-an-integral-entity-of-english-language-by-aadhi-ramesh-babu/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Article: English Teacher: An Integral Entity of English Language by Aadhi Ramesh Babu&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/08/08/guidelines-for-contributors/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;GUIDELINES FOR CONTRIBUTORS&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/feedback/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Feedback&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="PDF Creator"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="PDF Creator" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/eltweekly-issue37-contents/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>#37, Research Paper: Characteristics of Indian English</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-research-paper-characteristics-of-indian-english/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-research-paper-characteristics-of-indian-english/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 09 Oct 2009 09:54:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Research Papers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#37]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tarun Patel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Characteristics of Indian English]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=548</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Characteristics of Indian English
by Dr. Asma Rizwan, People’s Institute of Management &#38; Research, Bhopal
ABSTRACT
English has been in India since the early 1600&#8217;s, when the East India Company started trading and English missionaries first began their efforts. English started life in India as not just a foreign language, but as a much-hated language. A large number of Christian schools [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Characteristics of Indian English</strong></p>
<p>by <strong>Dr. Asma Rizwan</strong>, People’s Institute of Management &amp; Research, Bhopal</p>
<p>ABSTRACT</p>
<p><em>English has been in India since the early 1600&#8217;s, when the East India Company started trading and English missionaries first began their efforts. English started life in India as not just a foreign language, but as a much-hated language. A large number of Christian schools imparting an English education were set up by the early 1800&#8217;s. The process of producing English-knowing bilinguals in India began with the Minute of 1835, which officially endorsed T.B. Macaulay&#8217;s goal of forming &#8220;a class who may be interpreters between us and the millions whom we govern &#8211; a class of persons, Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals and in intellect&#8221; (quoted in Kachru 1983, p. 22). English became the official and academic language of India by the early twentieth century.<span id="more-548"></span> The rising of the nationalist movement in the 1920&#8217;s brought some anti-English sentiment with it &#8212; even though the movement itself used English as its medium. From the despised instrument of oppression to the reluctantly adopted lingua franca to the status symbol of the upper classes to its position today as a second language, English has come a long way. The liberalisation of the Indian economy ushered in all kinds of reasons to learn the language. There are now call centres that need trainers to equip their employees with communication skills, there are multinationals who have been recruiting marketing staff that needed to be taught spoken English, there are medical transcription centres which need efficient translators and reporters.</em></p>
<p><em>The English which is spoken in India is different from that spoken in other regions of the world, and it is regarded as the unique variety which is called Indian English. The purpose of this Paper is to show some of the ways Indians have intentionally and unintentionally customized English to suit their needs.</em></p>
<p>INTRODUCTION</p>
<p>The year 1600, when English began to flow into the subcontinent of India, saw the beginnings of new forms of the language and Indian English is the oldest World English after those of the British Isles. (Crystal, Guardian) Influences were two-way. English began to take words from the languages of the subcontinent, and those old languages began the subtle transformation of the new language. In less than two hundred years, English was beginning to compete with local languages. The year 1774 was the key date because it was then that English became ‘the language of the Supreme Court in Calcutta’.</p>
<p>The process of producing English-knowing bilinguals in India began with the Minute of 1835, which officially endorsed T.B. Macaulay&#8217;s goal of forming &#8220;a class who may be interpreters between us and the millions whom we govern &#8211; a class of persons, Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals and in intellect&#8221; (quoted in Kachru 1983, p. 22). English became the official and academic language of India by the early twentieth century. Although less than four percent of India&#8217;s population speaks English, but they are the individuals who lead India&#8217;s economic, industrial, professional, political, and social life. Even though English is primarily a second language for these persons, it is the medium in which a great number of the interactions in the above domains are carried out. With India&#8217;s massive population, around three percent English speakers puts India among the top four countries in the world with the highest number of English speakers.</p>
<p>Indian English is used mainly by Indians whose native language it is not. It is a minority language, but yet a language of national affairs. The language has penetrated deeply in the society, which has, in its turn, resulted in several varieties of English in India. The development of these new varieties is connected with historical and social factors. The new English that is the Indian English has its own contexts of functions, usage and characteristics. Indian English is characterized by treating mass nouns as count nouns, frequent use of the &#8220;isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; tag, use of more compounds, and a different use of prepositions. &#8220;use to&#8221; means usually, and no articles are used before occupations. Some characteristics of Indian English are however little known beyond South Asia and are liable to be regarded by native speakers of English as ‘deviant’ in various ways. Indian English is a complex and variegated phenomenon which lies in its typically Indian tone and rhythm, words and phrases, and sentences and proverbs The Indian English speaker is the carrier of sociocultural genes who is often compelled to borrow words from the native language in order to convey the flavour of raciness of his mother tongue. This paper attempts to trace the special characteristics of the English spoken by the Indians.</p>
<p>CHARACTERISTICS OF INDIAN ENGLISH</p>
<p>Indian English is a distinct variety of the English language. It is important to know that not every linguistic item is used by every Indian English speaker and that a great deal of regional and educational differentiation exists. Some of these major differences are discussed here which are widely used by the Indian speakers. These operate on various phonological, morphological, lexical, and syntactic levels.</p>
<p>PHONOLOGY &amp; MORPHOLOGY</p>
<p>Indian accents vary greatly from those close to a pure British (RP) to those leaning towards a more &#8216;vernacular&#8217; (Indian language)-tinted speech. Some Indian English speakers have a tendency to drop the -ed ending after /k/ and /t/ ex: walked becomes walk and talked becomes talk. The voiceless plosives /p/, /t/, /k/ are always unaspirated in Indian English, whereas in RP, they are aspirated in word-initial or stressed syllables. Thus &#8220;pin&#8221; is pronounced [p?n] in Indian English but [p??n] in most other accents. Chiefly in states like Punjab, Haryana and in my native place Bhopal, the short [?] becomes lengthened and higher to long [e?], making &lt;pen&gt; sound like &lt;pain&gt;.Standard Hindi and most other vernaculars do not differentiate between /v/ and /w/. Instead, most Indians use [?] for words with either sound, possibly in free variation with [v] or [w]. So wine and vine are homophones and volleybal is the same as wallyball.</p>
<p>Indian English morphology is very creative and it is filled with new terms and usages. Indian English uses compound formation extensively, as in English-speaking classes or convent-going. The compounds cousin-brother and cousin-sister allow the Indian English speaker to designate whether their cousin is male or female. Others include batchmate or batch-mate (for class mate) chalk-piece, key-bunch, meeting notice, age barred, and pindrop silence. English mass nouns are often pluralized such as litters, furnitures, equipments and woods in Indian English. Sometimes words which should be pluralized are not; for example &#8220;One of the largest hub&#8221;. A quintessential Indian English term which comes from compound formation is time-pass, which means idling or something as non-exciting, as in &#8220;That match was real time-pass.&#8221; Some other words which are exclusive to Indian English are-</p>
<p>1.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Over speeding and tyre bursting cause accidents</p>
<p>2.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>&#8216;Free of cost&#8217; is used for ‘Free of charge”</p>
<p>3.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Do Not Crisscross on Expressway-  crisscross is not used in formal writings</p>
<p>4.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Parking Inside the Lawn is Strictly Prohibited- that means don&#8217;t park on the grass.</p>
<p>5.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>&#8216; wheatish&#8217;, describing a type of complexion</p>
<p>6.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Road In Curve Ahead-&#8217;In Curve&#8217;; it&#8217;s about to curve around</p>
<p>7.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Speed Breaker Ahead- referring to road Bumps.</p>
<p>8.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Super stores &#8211; for grocery stores slightly bigger than normal stores or department stores.</p>
<p>9.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Super bazaar/ market – for grocery stores slightly bigger than the super stores.</p>
<p>10.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>No 2-/3-Wheelers allowed &#8211; 2-wheelers is the generic term for motorbikes and scooters; 3-wheelers is the everyday description of auto-rickshaws.</p>
<p>Indian English also shorten many words to create commonly used terms. Enthusiasm is called enthu; as such, it can be used in new ways. One can say, &#8220;That guy has a lot of enthu.&#8221; While this is simply an abbreviation, enthu can also be used as an adjective where enthusiasm cannot, as in &#8220;He&#8217;s a real enthu guy.&#8221; The same applies for fundamentals, which is shortened as fundas. &#8220;She knows her fundas.&#8221; What is interesting about fundas is that when the -as ending is dropped and -u is added, it takes on a new meaning and can be used in a new way. Fundu basically means wonderful or brilliant. One can say &#8220;He is a fundu person&#8221; or even &#8220;He is fundu.&#8221; When bringing Indian words into English, terms such as roti (bread), which is already plural, will be pluralized for English by the addition of -s (rotis). English suffixes are also appended to Indian terms. Like adding -fy to a Hindi word to indicate that an action is being done to someone by someone. From the Hindi word muska, to muskafy means to flatter somebody or to butter them up. Similarly, to pataofy is the action of wooing someone. Other suffixes such as -ic (Upanishadic), -dom (cooliedom), and -ism (goondaism) are used to create new usages for Indian terms. Prefixes can also be used in new ways. In Indian English, pre- is substituted for post- in postpone to create prepone, which indicates, for example, that a meeting has been moved to a sooner time.</p>
<p>LEXICON</p>
<p>The Indian English lexicon has many distinct terms which are commonly used by its speakers. Some arise through the use of old and new morphological features, as discussed above. Others come from acronyms and abbreviations. Many terms from Indian languages are utilized and new usages for English words or expressions are created. It must be noted that many of these terms and usages are specific to the population of Indian English speakers who are currently between twenty and thirty years of age.</p>
<p>Jan = January</p>
<p>Feb = February</p>
<p>subsi = subsidiary</p>
<p>supli = supplementary</p>
<p>soopi = superintendent</p>
<p>princi = principle</p>
<p>Gen. Sec. or G. Sec. = General Secretary</p>
<p>Soc. Sec. = Social Secretary</p>
<p>lab ass = laboratory assistant</p>
<p>dep. – Department</p>
<p>Agri – agriculture</p>
<p>Most of these short terms are coined in college campus specially IITs &amp; IIMs. The student of these elite technical Institutions speak in short forms which becomes difficult to decipher for an outsider. Roomy is one who shares the room and Tommy is one who shares the toilet  What is interesting about Indian English abbreviations is that they are pronounced the way they are spelled after they have been shortened. A Native speaker will generally read an abbreviation as though it were the entire word (i.e. Sec. is read as Secretary). Also, He tends to abbreviate phonetically when spoken abbreviations are used (i.e. Soc. is pronounced soash). When read by an Indian English speaker, Soc. Sec. is pronounced sock seck. Vowels which have been dropped by American and British English speakers are typically articulated by Indians. For example, typically is generally pronounced ti-pick-lee, but Indian English speakers will often say ti-pick-ah-lee.</p>
<p>New words and new usages of standard words are introduced as well. A food grinder is simply called a mixi. Fashionable people are maud (modern) and &#8211; such people could be described as fast (untraditional and modern). A deadly movie or event is hard-hitting and action-packed. Hi-tech is not just limited to technology; for example, one could be wearing a hi-tech outfit. A reception is sometimes called an at home. In Indian English A square root is known as an under root. Indian English speakers use less to indicate that something is insufficient &#8212; &#8220;There is less salt in the curry.&#8221; Often this is extended to too less also. Similarly Hindi conversations are lased with occasional expressions like too much of and so much of. None of my informants were sure why of is used in those situations, but they all agreed it did not come from Hindi or any other Indian language&#8217;s usage.</p>
<p>We Indians love our alphabet soup. Even Indians living in villages know their letters. The world of newspapers, magazines, official documents, street signs, billboards are all full of acronyms. In fact we have as many initials, acronyms and abbreviations in usage as our population. Staying abreast of current events and navigating society often means wading into a thick pool of alphabet soup.Examples of the use of acronyms include the following:</p>
<p>MCP &#8211; Male Chauvinist Pig</p>
<p>ABCD- American Born Confused Desi (native of India)</p>
<p>DINK- Double income no kids (Couple)</p>
<p>Acronyms are popular in shortening the names of the Hindi movies like-</p>
<p>QSQT &#8211; Qayamat Se Qayamat Tak (a popular movie)</p>
<p>ILU &#8211; I Love You (from a song; pronounced ee-lu)</p>
<p>Reading a newspaper is like travelling through the maze of acronyms. Like a head line in the daily Indian Express:</p>
<p>“Go to HC, SC tells NICE.” (or “Go to High Court, Supreme Court tells Nandi Infrastructure Corridor Enterprises.”)</p>
<p>“Around new IITs, IIMs, will come SDZs: SEZs with a Difference.”</p>
<p>“Quota for SCs/STs in MBBS, BDS.”</p>
<p>“RBI urging the IBA to follow KYC and AML standards” (Reserve Bank of India, Indian Banks’ Assn., Know Your Customer and Anti-Money Laundering).”</p>
<p>“MMRDA trusts women’s NGOs,” (to run a public toilet-cleaning program) reported by a Mumbai newspaper named DNA.</p>
<p>The profusion of abbreviations are mystifying to outsiders, for whom scanning headlines is often like staring at an eye chart. But their omnipresence shows as to how the country has taken English and shaped it for its own ends, and how a once-alien tongue continues to be a unifier of sorts in a culturally diverse population. Consequently, it is the de facto language of the federal government, whose bureaucrats appears to relish nothing more than cooking up new acronyms and abbreviations for government posts, policies, schemes, designations, agencies and institutions. There is no dictionary to help decipher these terms. And it is not uncommon for newspapers to neglect to spell them out in their copy, on the assumption that no explanation is necessary for most readers. That assumption appears true to a surprising extent. Even illiterate residents and those who speak no English often recognize acronyms and initials in conversation, which by their very nature are easier to remember than the full words and phrases, Villagers may not know what RTI ( Right to Information) stands for but they know what it does. Similarly they know that NREGS stands for National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme that guarantees them some days of work a year. English acronyms and abbreviations have thus proven to be effective tools for getting the word out on government programs to far-flung corners.</p>
<p>Even Indian politics relies on acronyms. Most political parties are known by their initials, with the major exception of the ruling Congress Party, which is mostly represented by UPA, the ruling coalition. Others are BJP, CPI, CPI(M0, DMK, AIADMK, which, admittedly, is much easier to call than All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam. Indian English’s love of short forms has got the biggest boon by the explosion in cell phone ownership and the immense popularity of text-messaging or SMS.</p>
<p>SYNTAX</p>
<p>Indian English grammar contains many deviations from standard English forms, they are often a result of direct transfers of grammar features from native languages. Hindi syntax affects Indian English syntax in several ways. There is a seemingly arbitrary use of the articles a and the, which do not have parallels in Hindi. Often, one is substituted for a; for example &#8220;And one black cat..”. The and a are often dropped when they should be said and used when they should be left out like, &#8220;We are going to temple”  or before professions .Something which Indian English has that is not found in other varieties of English is the use of only and itself to emphasize time and place. It comes from the Hindi word “hee” and produces sentences like &#8220;I was in Delhi only” and &#8220;Can we meet tomorrow itself?” Indian English speakers often use reduplication as a way of emphasizing an action, like “Come come! Sit sit!”. Reduplication can also replace very for intensifying or extending something, as in long, long hair. Adjectives are also intensified by doubling them. This is a common feature of most Indian languages. For example: &#8220;She has curly-curly hair”; &#8220;We went to different-different places in the city”; &#8220;Don&#8217;t worry about small-small things” to mean very insignificant issues. Certain verbs are used in Indian English in the same way they are used in Hindi. Like using kholna and bandh karna when asking someone to turn a light on or off; the literal translation is retained, so it becomes &#8220;open the light&#8221; and &#8220;close the light.&#8221; The same is true of giving a test (from the Hindi verb dena) rather than taking a test. Take means consume when used with food and drink items &#8212; &#8220;Will you take tea?&#8221; The verb ‘lena’ is the Hindi equivalent of this. Indian English speakers often use certain verbs in ways that are confusing to speakers of other English varieties. One of the most indicative signs of Indian English grammar is the use of the continuous tense with habitual actions, completed actions, and stative verbs. This produces sentences such as &#8220;I am doing it often&#8221; rather than &#8220;I do it often&#8221;; &#8220;Where are you coming from?&#8221; instead of &#8220;Where have you come from?&#8221; and &#8220;She was having many sarees&#8221; rather than &#8220;She had many sarees&#8221; (Trudgill &amp; Hannah, p. 132). Perhaps to highlight this aspect of Indian English McDonald’s created the slogan of “I am loving It” in their advertising campaign. Other distinguished grammar usage are-</p>
<p>a) Progressive tense in stative verbs (Hindi influence): She is knowing the answer.</p>
<p>b) Different prepositions: to discuss about, pay attention on…</p>
<p>c) Use of general tag questions: You are going, isn&#8217;t it? He&#8217;s here, no?</p>
<p>d) Agreement with the form, not the content of a question: A. You didn&#8217;t do it? B: Yes, I didn&#8217;t.</p>
<p>The word order of questions is often unique in Indian English. Sentences such as &#8220;What you would like to eat?&#8221; instead of “what would you like to eat?” and &#8220;Who you will come with?&#8221; show the absence of subject-verb inversion in direct questions.</p>
<p>CONCLUSION</p>
<p>It is quiet clear that Indian English has its own distinct flavour. We have made English into a native language with its own linguistic and cultural ecologies and sociocultural contexts. Indian English is very much our own. Its special functions have engraved English into the cultural life of India, and it is very much a part of the experience of being Indian &#8212; even if one does not speak it. Many Indians feel that the use of English should be actively encouraged because of the many advantages it confers &#8211; the greatest of which is its universal character. The Indian writer and philosopher Raja Rao wrote, “Truth, said a great Indian sage, is not the monopoly of the Sanskrit language. Truth can use any language, and the more universal, the better it is. If metaphysics is India&#8217;s primary contribution to world civilization, as we believe it is, then must she use the most universal language for her to be universal&#8230;. And as long as the English language is universal, it will always remain Indian&#8230;. It would then be correct to say as long as we are Indian &#8212; that is, not nationalists, but truly Indians of the Indian psyche &#8212; we shall have the English language with us and amongst us, and not as a guest or friend, but as one of our own, of our caste, our creed , our sect and our tradition” (quoted in Kachru 1986, p. 12).</p>
<p>Indians use English the same way other speakers of English as a foreign language may do it: they adapt it to fit their native language concepts, they use the material to form new vocabulary items, without bothering much for grammar. Even though we hold the British English as a benchmark to perfect English, the Indian variety is unique, and this uniqueness should be valued and appreciated. Indian English has now come to be recognised as a viable and self generating vehicle for expressing Indian sensibility in an Indian atmosphere. It is now a natural product of an alien medium developed in interaction and interference in native language and native culture. This form of English is thriving in our country as we Indians “don’t worry about small-small things”.</p>
<p>REFERENCES</p>
<p>Kachru, Braj. (1983). The Indianization of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.</p>
<p>Kachru, Braj. (1986). The Alchemy of English: The spread, functions and models of non-native Englishes. New York: Pergamon Press Inc.</p>
<p>Trudgill, Peter, and Hannah, Jean. (1994). International English: A Guide to the Varieties of Standard English. London: Edward Arnold.</p>
<p>Strevens, Peter. ‘English as an International Language’ in The Other Tongue: English Across Cultures. Edited by Braj B. Kachru. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1992. 27-47.</p>
<p>Crystal, David. ‘The Subcontinent Raises Its Voice.’ The Guardian (19 November 2004): http://education.guardian.co.uk/tefl/story/0,,1355064,00.html.</p>
<p>Using English.com. <a href="www.usingenglish.com/reference/common-words/index.html" target="_blank">www.usingenglish.com/reference/common-words/index.html</a>, 2007</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: normal; "><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-549 alignleft" title="Dr. Asma Rizwan" src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/Dr.-Asma-Rizwan-150x150.jpg" alt="Dr. Asma Rizwan" width="150" height="150" /></span>Dr.Asma Rizwan</strong> of<strong><span style="font-weight: normal; "> People’s Institute of Management &amp; Research, </span><span style="font-weight: normal;">Bhopal, is a t</span><span style="font-weight: normal; ">eacher and a trainer. PhD in English and an examiner of Cambridge University for its Business English Speaking skills exam. More than ten years of teaching experience mostly to adults at graduate and post graduate levels. Trained in  EFL ( English as foreign language) techniques in (ESOL) that is teaching English to the speakers of other language by British Council. Keen follower of Indian English and adapted words and slang by the Indian Media and research on the same subject. Edited the college management Journal and part of several editorial board.</span></strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong><br />
**ELTWeekly Team <span style="font-weight: normal;">would like to thank </span>Dr.Asma Rizwan for contributing this research paper.</p>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Abstract</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">English has been in India since the early 1600&#8217;s, when the East India Company started trading and English missionaries first began their efforts. English started life in India as not just a foreign language, but as a much-hated language. A large number of Christian schools imparting an English education were set up by the early 1800&#8217;s. The process of producing English-knowing bilinguals in India began with the Minute of 1835, which officially endorsed T.B. Macaulay&#8217;s goal of forming &#8220;a class who may be interpreters between us and the millions whom we govern &#8211; a class of persons, Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals and in intellect&#8221; (quoted in Kachru 1983, p. 22). English became the official and academic language of India by the early twentieth century. The rising of the nationalist movement in the 1920&#8217;s brought some anti-English sentiment with it &#8212; even though the movement itself used English as its medium. From the despised instrument of oppression to the reluctantly adopted lingua franca to the status symbol of the upper classes to its position today as a second language, English has come a long way. The liberalisation of the Indian economy ushered in all kinds of reasons to learn the language. There are now call centres that need trainers to equip their employees with communication skills, there are multinationals who have been recruiting marketing staff that needed to be taught spoken English, there are medical transcription centres which need efficient translators and reporters</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The English which is spoken in India is different from that spoken in other regions of the world, and it is regarded as the unique variety which is called Indian English. The purpose of this Paper is to show some of the ways Indians have intentionally and unintentionally customized English to suit their needs.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Introduction</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The year 1600, when English began to flow into the subcontinent of India, saw the beginnings of new forms of the language and Indian English is the oldest World English after those of the British Isles. (Crystal, Guardian) Influences were two-way. English began to take words from the languages of the subcontinent, and those old languages began the subtle transformation of the new language. In less than two hundred years, English was beginning to compete with local languages. The year 1774 was the key date because it was then that English became ‘the language of the Supreme Court in Calcutta’.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The process of producing English-knowing bilinguals in India began with the Minute of 1835, which officially endorsed T.B. Macaulay&#8217;s goal of forming &#8220;a class who may be interpreters between us and the millions whom we govern &#8211; a class of persons, Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals and in intellect&#8221; (quoted in Kachru 1983, p. 22). English became the official and academic language of India by the early twentieth century. Although less than four percent of India&#8217;s population speaks English, but they are the individuals who lead India&#8217;s economic, industrial, professional, political, and social life. Even though English is primarily a second language for these persons, it is the medium in which a great number of the interactions in the above domains are carried out. With India&#8217;s massive population, around three percent English speakers puts India among the top four countries in the world with the highest number of English speakers.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Indian English is used mainly by Indians whose native language it is not. It is a minority language, but yet a language of national affairs. The language has penetrated deeply in the society, which has, in its turn, resulted in several varieties of English in India. The development of these new varieties is connected with historical and social factors. The new English that is the Indian English has its own contexts of functions, usage and characteristics. Indian English is characterized by treating mass nouns as count nouns, frequent use of the &#8220;isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; tag, use of more compounds, and a different use of prepositions. &#8220;use to&#8221; means usually, and no articles are used before occupations. Some characteristics of Indian English are however little known beyond South Asia and are liable to be regarded by native speakers of English as ‘deviant’ in various ways. Indian English is a complex and variegated phenomenon which lies in its typically Indian tone and rhythm, words and phrases, and sentences and proverbs The Indian English speaker is the carrier of sociocultural genes who is often compelled to borrow words from the native language in order to convey the flavour of raciness of his mother tongue. This paper attempts to trace the special characteristics of the English spoken by the Indians.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">CHARACTERISTICS OF INDIAN ENGLISH</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Indian English is a distinct variety of the English language. It is important to know that not every linguistic item is used by every Indian English speaker and that a great deal of regional and educational differentiation exists. Some of these major differences are discussed here which are widely used by the Indian speakers. These operate on various phonological, morphological, lexical, and syntactic levels.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">PHONOLOGY &amp; MORPHOLOGY</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Indian accents vary greatly from those close to a pure British (RP) to those leaning towards a more &#8216;vernacular&#8217; (Indian language)-tinted speech. Some Indian English speakers have a tendency to drop the -ed ending after /k/ and /t/ ex: walked becomes walk and talked becomes talk. The voiceless plosives /p/, /t/, /k/ are always unaspirated in Indian English, whereas in RP, they are aspirated in word-initial or stressed syllables. Thus &#8220;pin&#8221; is pronounced [p?n] in Indian English but [p??n] in most other accents. Chiefly in states like Punjab, Haryana and in my native place Bhopal, the short [?] becomes lengthened and higher to long [e?], making &lt;pen&gt; sound like &lt;pain&gt;.Standard Hindi and most other vernaculars do not differentiate between /v/ and /w/. Instead, most Indians use [?] for words with either sound, possibly in free variation with [v] or [w]. So wine and vine are homophones and volleybal is the same as wallyball.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Indian English morphology is very creative and it is filled with new terms and usages. Indian English uses compound formation extensively, as in English-speaking classes or convent-going. The compounds cousin-brother and cousin-sister allow the Indian English speaker to designate whether their cousin is male or female. Others include batchmate or batch-mate (for class mate) chalk-piece, key-bunch, meeting notice, age barred, and pindrop silence. English mass nouns are often pluralized such as litters, furnitures, equipments and woods in Indian English. Sometimes words which should be pluralized are not; for example &#8220;One of the largest hub&#8221;. A quintessential Indian English term which comes from compound formation is time-pass, which means idling or something as non-exciting, as in &#8220;That match was real time-pass.&#8221; Some other words which are exclusive to Indian English are-</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">1.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Over speeding and tyre bursting cause accidents</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">2.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>&#8216;Free of cost&#8217; is used for ‘Free of charge”</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">3.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Do Not Crisscross on Expressway-  crisscross is not used in formal writings</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">4.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Parking Inside the Lawn is Strictly Prohibited- that means don&#8217;t park on the grass.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">5.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>&#8216; wheatish&#8217;, describing a type of complexion</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">6.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Road In Curve Ahead-&#8217;In Curve&#8217;; it&#8217;s about to curve around</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">7.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Speed Breaker Ahead- referring to road Bumps.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">8.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Super stores &#8211; for grocery stores slightly bigger than normal stores or department stores.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">9.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>Super bazaar/ market – for grocery stores slightly bigger than the super stores.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">10.<span style="white-space: pre;"> </span>No 2-/3-Wheelers allowed &#8211; 2-wheelers is the generic term for motorbikes and scooters; 3-wheelers is the everyday description of auto-rickshaws.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Indian English also shorten many words to create commonly used terms. Enthusiasm is called enthu; as such, it can be used in new ways. One can say, &#8220;That guy has a lot of enthu.&#8221; While this is simply an abbreviation, enthu can also be used as an adjective where enthusiasm cannot, as in &#8220;He&#8217;s a real enthu guy.&#8221; The same applies for fundamentals, which is shortened as fundas. &#8220;She knows her fundas.&#8221; What is interesting about fundas is that when the -as ending is dropped and -u is added, it takes on a new meaning and can be used in a new way. Fundu basically means wonderful or brilliant. One can say &#8220;He is a fundu person&#8221; or even &#8220;He is fundu.&#8221; When bringing Indian words into English, terms such as roti (bread), which is already plural, will be pluralized for English by the addition of -s (rotis). English suffixes are also appended to Indian terms. Like adding -fy to a Hindi word to indicate that an action is being done to someone by someone. From the Hindi word muska, to muskafy means to flatter somebody or to butter them up. Similarly, to pataofy is the action of wooing someone. Other suffixes such as -ic (Upanishadic), -dom (cooliedom), and -ism (goondaism) are used to create new usages for Indian terms. Prefixes can also be used in new ways. In Indian English, pre- is substituted for post- in postpone to create prepone, which indicates, for example, that a meeting has been moved to a sooner time.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">LEXICON</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The Indian English lexicon has many distinct terms which are commonly used by its speakers. Some arise through the use of old and new morphological features, as discussed above. Others come from acronyms and abbreviations. Many terms from Indian languages are utilized and new usages for English words or expressions are created. It must be noted that many of these terms and usages are specific to the population of Indian English speakers who are currently between twenty and thirty years of age.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Jan = January</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Feb = February</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">subsi = subsidiary</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">supli = supplementary</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">soopi = superintendent</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">princi = principle</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Gen. Sec. or G. Sec. = General Secretary</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Soc. Sec. = Social Secretary</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">lab ass = laboratory assistant</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">dep. – Department</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Agri – agriculture</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Most of these short terms are coined in college campus specially IITs &amp; IIMs. The student of these elite technical Institutions speak in short forms which becomes difficult to decipher for an outsider. Roomy is one who shares the room and Tommy is one who shares the toilet  What is interesting about Indian English abbreviations is that they are pronounced the way they are spelled after they have been shortened. A Native speaker will generally read an abbreviation as though it were the entire word (i.e. Sec. is read as Secretary). Also, He tends to abbreviate phonetically when spoken abbreviations are used (i.e. Soc. is pronounced soash). When read by an Indian English speaker, Soc. Sec. is pronounced sock seck. Vowels which have been dropped by American and British English speakers are typically articulated by Indians. For example, typically is generally pronounced ti-pick-lee, but Indian English speakers will often say ti-pick-ah-lee.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">New words and new usages of standard words are introduced as well. A food grinder is simply called a mixi. Fashionable people are maud (modern) and &#8211; such people could be described as fast (untraditional and modern). A deadly movie or event is hard-hitting and action-packed. Hi-tech is not just limited to technology; for example, one could be wearing a hi-tech outfit. A reception is sometimes called an at home. In Indian English A square root is known as an under root. Indian English speakers use less to indicate that something is insufficient &#8212; &#8220;There is less salt in the curry.&#8221; Often this is extended to too less also. Similarly Hindi conversations are lased with occasional expressions like too much of and so much of. None of my informants were sure why of is used in those situations, but they all agreed it did not come from Hindi or any other Indian language&#8217;s usage.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">We Indians love our alphabet soup. Even Indians living in villages know their letters. The world of newspapers, magazines, official documents, street signs, billboards are all full of acronyms. In fact we have as many initials, acronyms and abbreviations in usage as our population. Staying abreast of current events and navigating society often means wading into a thick pool of alphabet soup.Examples of the use of acronyms include the following:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">MCP &#8211; Male Chauvinist Pig</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">ABCD- American Born Confused Desi (native of India)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">DINK- Double income no kids (Couple)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Acronyms are popular in shortening the names of the Hindi movies like-</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">QSQT &#8211; Qayamat Se Qayamat Tak (a popular movie)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">ILU &#8211; I Love You (from a song; pronounced ee-lu)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Reading a newspaper is like travelling through the maze of acronyms. Like a head line in the daily Indian Express:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">“Go to HC, SC tells NICE.” (or “Go to High Court, Supreme Court tells Nandi Infrastructure Corridor Enterprises.”)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">“Around new IITs, IIMs, will come SDZs: SEZs with a Difference.”</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">“Quota for SCs/STs in MBBS, BDS.”</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">“RBI urging the IBA to follow KYC and AML standards” (Reserve Bank of India, Indian Banks’ Assn., Know Your Customer and Anti-Money Laundering).”</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">“MMRDA trusts women’s NGOs,” (to run a public toilet-cleaning program) reported by a Mumbai newspaper named DNA.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The profusion of abbreviations are mystifying to outsiders, for whom scanning headlines is often like staring at an eye chart. But their omnipresence shows as to how the country has taken English and shaped it for its own ends, and how a once-alien tongue continues to be a unifier of sorts in a culturally diverse population. Consequently, it is the de facto language of the federal government, whose bureaucrats appears to relish nothing more than cooking up new acronyms and abbreviations for government posts, policies, schemes, designations, agencies and institutions. There is no dictionary to help decipher these terms. And it is not uncommon for newspapers to neglect to spell them out in their copy, on the assumption that no explanation is necessary for most readers. That assumption appears true to a surprising extent. Even illiterate residents and those who speak no English often recognize acronyms and initials in conversation, which by their very nature are easier to remember than the full words and phrases, Villagers may not know what RTI ( Right to Information) stands for but they know what it does. Similarly they know that NREGS stands for National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme that guarantees them some days of work a year. English acronyms and abbreviations have thus proven to be effective tools for getting the word out on government programs to far-flung corners.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Even Indian politics relies on acronyms. Most political parties are known by their initials, with the major exception of the ruling Congress Party, which is mostly represented by UPA, the ruling coalition. Others are BJP, CPI, CPI(M0, DMK, AIADMK, which, admittedly, is much easier to call than All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam. Indian English’s love of short forms has got the biggest boon by the explosion in cell phone ownership and the immense popularity of text-messaging or SMS.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">SYNTAX</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Indian English grammar contains many deviations from standard English forms, they are often a result of direct transfers of grammar features from native languages. Hindi syntax affects Indian English syntax in several ways. There is a seemingly arbitrary use of the articles a and the, which do not have parallels in Hindi. Often, one is substituted for a; for example &#8220;And one black cat..”. The and a are often dropped when they should be said and used when they should be left out like, &#8220;We are going to temple”  or before professions .Something which Indian English has that is not found in other varieties of English is the use of only and itself to emphasize time and place. It comes from the Hindi word “hee” and produces sentences like &#8220;I was in Delhi only” and &#8220;Can we meet tomorrow itself?” Indian English speakers often use reduplication as a way of emphasizing an action, like “Come come! Sit sit!”. Reduplication can also replace very for intensifying or extending something, as in long, long hair. Adjectives are also intensified by doubling them. This is a common feature of most Indian languages. For example: &#8220;She has curly-curly hair”; &#8220;We went to different-different places in the city”; &#8220;Don&#8217;t worry about small-small things” to mean very insignificant issues. Certain verbs are used in Indian English in the same way they are used in Hindi. Like using kholna and bandh karna when asking someone to turn a light on or off; the literal translation is retained, so it becomes &#8220;open the light&#8221; and &#8220;close the light.&#8221; The same is true of giving a test (from the Hindi verb dena) rather than taking a test. Take means consume when used with food and drink items &#8212; &#8220;Will you take tea?&#8221; The verb ‘lena’ is the Hindi equivalent of this. Indian English speakers often use certain verbs in ways that are confusing to speakers of other English varieties. One of the most indicative signs of Indian English grammar is the use of the continuous tense with habitual actions, completed actions, and stative verbs. This produces sentences such as &#8220;I am doing it often&#8221; rather than &#8220;I do it often&#8221;; &#8220;Where are you coming from?&#8221; instead of &#8220;Where have you come from?&#8221; and &#8220;She was having many sarees&#8221; rather than &#8220;She had many sarees&#8221; (Trudgill &amp; Hannah, p. 132). Perhaps to highlight this aspect of Indian English McDonald’s created the slogan of “I am loving It” in their advertising campaign. Other distinguished grammar usage are-</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">a) Progressive tense in stative verbs (Hindi influence): She is knowing the answer.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">b) Different prepositions: to discuss about, pay attention on…</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">c) Use of general tag questions: You are going, isn&#8217;t it? He&#8217;s here, no?</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">d) Agreement with the form, not the content of a question: A. You didn&#8217;t do it? B: Yes, I didn&#8217;t.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The word order of questions is often unique in Indian English. Sentences such as &#8220;What you would like to eat?&#8221; instead of “what would you like to eat?” and &#8220;Who you will come with?&#8221; show the absence of subject-verb inversion in direct questions.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">CONCLUSION</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">It is quiet clear that Indian English has its own distinct flavour. We have made English into a native language with its own linguistic and cultural ecologies and sociocultural contexts. Indian English is very much our own. Its special functions have engraved English into the cultural life of India, and it is very much a part of the experience of being Indian &#8212; even if one does not speak it. Many Indians feel that the use of English should be actively encouraged because of the many advantages it confers &#8211; the greatest of which is its universal character. The Indian writer and philosopher Raja Rao wrote, “Truth, said a great Indian sage, is not the monopoly of the Sanskrit language. Truth can use any language, and the more universal, the better it is. If metaphysics is India&#8217;s primary contribution to world civilization, as we believe it is, then must she use the most universal language for her to be universal&#8230;. And as long as the English language is universal, it will always remain Indian&#8230;. It would then be correct to say as long as we are Indian &#8212; that is, not nationalists, but truly Indians of the Indian psyche &#8212; we shall have the English language with us and amongst us, and not as a guest or friend, but as one of our own, of our caste, our creed , our sect and our tradition” (quoted in Kachru 1986, p. 12).</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Indians use English the same way other speakers of English as a foreign language may do it: they adapt it to fit their native language concepts, they use the material to form new vocabulary items, without bothering much for grammar. Even though we hold the British English as a benchmark to perfect English, the Indian variety is unique, and this uniqueness should be valued and appreciated. Indian English has now come to be recognised as a viable and self generating vehicle for expressing Indian sensibility in an Indian atmosphere. It is now a natural product of an alien medium developed in interaction and interference in native language and native culture. This form of English is thriving in our country as we Indians “don’t worry about small-small things”.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">References</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Kachru, Braj. (1983). The Indianization of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Kachru, Braj. (1986). The Alchemy of English: The spread, functions and models of non-native Englishes. New York: Pergamon Press Inc.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Trudgill, Peter, and Hannah, Jean. (1994). International English: A Guide to the Varieties of Standard English. London: Edward Arnold.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Strevens, Peter. ‘English as an International Language’ in The Other Tongue: English Across Cultures. Edited by Braj B. Kachru. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1992. 27-47.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Crystal, David. ‘The Subcontinent Raises Its Voice.’ The Guardian (19 November 2004): http://education.guardian.co.uk/tefl/story/0,,1355064,00.html.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Using English.com. www.usingenglish.com/reference/common-words/index.html, 2007</div>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="#37, Research Paper: Characteristics of Indian English" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-research-paper-characteristics-of-indian-english/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-10-09 12:10:50" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Characteristics of Indian English&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;by &lt;strong&gt;Dr. Asma Rizwan&lt;/strong&gt;, People’s Institute of Management &amp;amp; Research, Bhopal&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;ABSTRACT&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;English has been in India since the early 1600&amp;#8217;s, when the East India Company started trading and English missionaries first began their efforts. English started life in India as not just a foreign language, but as a much-hated language. A large number of Christian schools imparting an English education were set up by the early 1800&amp;#8217;s. The process of producing English-knowing bilinguals in India began with the Minute of 1835, which officially endorsed T.B. Macaulay&amp;#8217;s goal of forming &amp;#8220;a class who may be interpreters between us and the millions whom we govern &amp;#8211; a class of persons, Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals and in intellect&amp;#8221; (quoted in Kachru 1983, p. 22). English became the official and academic language of India by the early twentieth century.&lt;span id=&quot;more-548&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt; The rising of the nationalist movement in the 1920&amp;#8217;s brought some anti-English sentiment with it &amp;#8212; even though the movement itself used English as its medium. From the despised instrument of oppression to the reluctantly adopted lingua franca to the status symbol of the upper classes to its position today as a second language, English has come a long way. The liberalisation of the Indian economy ushered in all kinds of reasons to learn the language. There are now call centres that need trainers to equip their employees with communication skills, there are multinationals who have been recruiting marketing staff that needed to be taught spoken English, there are medical transcription centres which need efficient translators and reporters.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The English which is spoken in India is different from that spoken in other regions of the world, and it is regarded as the unique variety which is called Indian English. The purpose of this Paper is to show some of the ways Indians have intentionally and unintentionally customized English to suit their needs.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;INTRODUCTION&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The year 1600, when English began to flow into the subcontinent of India, saw the beginnings of new forms of the language and Indian English is the oldest World English after those of the British Isles. (Crystal, Guardian) Influences were two-way. English began to take words from the languages of the subcontinent, and those old languages began the subtle transformation of the new language. In less than two hundred years, English was beginning to compete with local languages. The year 1774 was the key date because it was then that English became ‘the language of the Supreme Court in Calcutta’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The process of producing English-knowing bilinguals in India began with the Minute of 1835, which officially endorsed T.B. Macaulay&amp;#8217;s goal of forming &amp;#8220;a class who may be interpreters between us and the millions whom we govern &amp;#8211; a class of persons, Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals and in intellect&amp;#8221; (quoted in Kachru 1983, p. 22). English became the official and academic language of India by the early twentieth century. Although less than four percent of India&amp;#8217;s population speaks English, but they are the individuals who lead India&amp;#8217;s economic, industrial, professional, political, and social life. Even though English is primarily a second language for these persons, it is the medium in which a great number of the interactions in the above domains are carried out. With India&amp;#8217;s massive population, around three percent English speakers puts India among the top four countries in the world with the highest number of English speakers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indian English is used mainly by Indians whose native language it is not. It is a minority language, but yet a language of national affairs. The language has penetrated deeply in the society, which has, in its turn, resulted in several varieties of English in India. The development of these new varieties is connected with historical and social factors. The new English that is the Indian English has its own contexts of functions, usage and characteristics. Indian English is characterized by treating mass nouns as count nouns, frequent use of the &amp;#8220;isn&amp;#8217;t it?&amp;#8221; tag, use of more compounds, and a different use of prepositions. &amp;#8220;use to&amp;#8221; means usually, and no articles are used before occupations. Some characteristics of Indian English are however little known beyond South Asia and are liable to be regarded by native speakers of English as ‘deviant’ in various ways. Indian English is a complex and variegated phenomenon which lies in its typically Indian tone and rhythm, words and phrases, and sentences and proverbs The Indian English speaker is the carrier of sociocultural genes who is often compelled to borrow words from the native language in order to convey the flavour of raciness of his mother tongue. This paper attempts to trace the special characteristics of the English spoken by the Indians.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;CHARACTERISTICS OF INDIAN ENGLISH&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indian English is a distinct variety of the English language. It is important to know that not every linguistic item is used by every Indian English speaker and that a great deal of regional and educational differentiation exists. Some of these major differences are discussed here which are widely used by the Indian speakers. These operate on various phonological, morphological, lexical, and syntactic levels.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;PHONOLOGY &amp;amp; MORPHOLOGY&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indian accents vary greatly from those close to a pure British (RP) to those leaning towards a more &amp;#8216;vernacular&amp;#8217; (Indian language)-tinted speech. Some Indian English speakers have a tendency to drop the -ed ending after /k/ and /t/ ex: walked becomes walk and talked becomes talk. The voiceless plosives /p/, /t/, /k/ are always unaspirated in Indian English, whereas in RP, they are aspirated in word-initial or stressed syllables. Thus &amp;#8220;pin&amp;#8221; is pronounced [p?n] in Indian English but [p??n] in most other accents. Chiefly in states like Punjab, Haryana and in my native place Bhopal, the short [?] becomes lengthened and higher to long [e?], making &amp;lt;pen&amp;gt; sound like &amp;lt;pain&amp;gt;.Standard Hindi and most other vernaculars do not differentiate between /v/ and /w/. Instead, most Indians use [?] for words with either sound, possibly in free variation with [v] or [w]. So wine and vine are homophones and volleybal is the same as wallyball.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indian English morphology is very creative and it is filled with new terms and usages. Indian English uses compound formation extensively, as in English-speaking classes or convent-going. The compounds cousin-brother and cousin-sister allow the Indian English speaker to designate whether their cousin is male or female. Others include batchmate or batch-mate (for class mate) chalk-piece, key-bunch, meeting notice, age barred, and pindrop silence. English mass nouns are often pluralized such as litters, furnitures, equipments and woods in Indian English. Sometimes words which should be pluralized are not; for example &amp;#8220;One of the largest hub&amp;#8221;. A quintessential Indian English term which comes from compound formation is time-pass, which means idling or something as non-exciting, as in &amp;#8220;That match was real time-pass.&amp;#8221; Some other words which are exclusive to Indian English are-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;1.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Over speeding and tyre bursting cause accidents&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;2.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&amp;#8216;Free of cost&amp;#8217; is used for ‘Free of charge”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;3.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Do Not Crisscross on Expressway-  crisscross is not used in formal writings&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;4.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Parking Inside the Lawn is Strictly Prohibited- that means don&amp;#8217;t park on the grass.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;5.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&amp;#8216; wheatish&amp;#8217;, describing a type of complexion&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;6.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Road In Curve Ahead-&amp;#8217;In Curve&amp;#8217;; it&amp;#8217;s about to curve around&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;7.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Speed Breaker Ahead- referring to road Bumps.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;8.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Super stores &amp;#8211; for grocery stores slightly bigger than normal stores or department stores.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;9.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Super bazaar/ market – for grocery stores slightly bigger than the super stores.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;10.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;No 2-/3-Wheelers allowed &amp;#8211; 2-wheelers is the generic term for motorbikes and scooters; 3-wheelers is the everyday description of auto-rickshaws.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indian English also shorten many words to create commonly used terms. Enthusiasm is called enthu; as such, it can be used in new ways. One can say, &amp;#8220;That guy has a lot of enthu.&amp;#8221; While this is simply an abbreviation, enthu can also be used as an adjective where enthusiasm cannot, as in &amp;#8220;He&amp;#8217;s a real enthu guy.&amp;#8221; The same applies for fundamentals, which is shortened as fundas. &amp;#8220;She knows her fundas.&amp;#8221; What is interesting about fundas is that when the -as ending is dropped and -u is added, it takes on a new meaning and can be used in a new way. Fundu basically means wonderful or brilliant. One can say &amp;#8220;He is a fundu person&amp;#8221; or even &amp;#8220;He is fundu.&amp;#8221; When bringing Indian words into English, terms such as roti (bread), which is already plural, will be pluralized for English by the addition of -s (rotis). English suffixes are also appended to Indian terms. Like adding -fy to a Hindi word to indicate that an action is being done to someone by someone. From the Hindi word muska, to muskafy means to flatter somebody or to butter them up. Similarly, to pataofy is the action of wooing someone. Other suffixes such as -ic (Upanishadic), -dom (cooliedom), and -ism (goondaism) are used to create new usages for Indian terms. Prefixes can also be used in new ways. In Indian English, pre- is substituted for post- in postpone to create prepone, which indicates, for example, that a meeting has been moved to a sooner time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;LEXICON&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The Indian English lexicon has many distinct terms which are commonly used by its speakers. Some arise through the use of old and new morphological features, as discussed above. Others come from acronyms and abbreviations. Many terms from Indian languages are utilized and new usages for English words or expressions are created. It must be noted that many of these terms and usages are specific to the population of Indian English speakers who are currently between twenty and thirty years of age.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jan = January&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Feb = February&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;subsi = subsidiary&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;supli = supplementary&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;soopi = superintendent&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;princi = principle&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gen. Sec. or G. Sec. = General Secretary&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Soc. Sec. = Social Secretary&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;lab ass = laboratory assistant&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;dep. – Department&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Agri – agriculture&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most of these short terms are coined in college campus specially IITs &amp;amp; IIMs. The student of these elite technical Institutions speak in short forms which becomes difficult to decipher for an outsider. Roomy is one who shares the room and Tommy is one who shares the toilet  What is interesting about Indian English abbreviations is that they are pronounced the way they are spelled after they have been shortened. A Native speaker will generally read an abbreviation as though it were the entire word (i.e. Sec. is read as Secretary). Also, He tends to abbreviate phonetically when spoken abbreviations are used (i.e. Soc. is pronounced soash). When read by an Indian English speaker, Soc. Sec. is pronounced sock seck. Vowels which have been dropped by American and British English speakers are typically articulated by Indians. For example, typically is generally pronounced ti-pick-lee, but Indian English speakers will often say ti-pick-ah-lee.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;New words and new usages of standard words are introduced as well. A food grinder is simply called a mixi. Fashionable people are maud (modern) and &amp;#8211; such people could be described as fast (untraditional and modern). A deadly movie or event is hard-hitting and action-packed. Hi-tech is not just limited to technology; for example, one could be wearing a hi-tech outfit. A reception is sometimes called an at home. In Indian English A square root is known as an under root. Indian English speakers use less to indicate that something is insufficient &amp;#8212; &amp;#8220;There is less salt in the curry.&amp;#8221; Often this is extended to too less also. Similarly Hindi conversations are lased with occasional expressions like too much of and so much of. None of my informants were sure why of is used in those situations, but they all agreed it did not come from Hindi or any other Indian language&amp;#8217;s usage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We Indians love our alphabet soup. Even Indians living in villages know their letters. The world of newspapers, magazines, official documents, street signs, billboards are all full of acronyms. In fact we have as many initials, acronyms and abbreviations in usage as our population. Staying abreast of current events and navigating society often means wading into a thick pool of alphabet soup.Examples of the use of acronyms include the following:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;MCP &amp;#8211; Male Chauvinist Pig&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;ABCD- American Born Confused Desi (native of India)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;DINK- Double income no kids (Couple)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Acronyms are popular in shortening the names of the Hindi movies like-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;QSQT &amp;#8211; Qayamat Se Qayamat Tak (a popular movie)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;ILU &amp;#8211; I Love You (from a song; pronounced ee-lu)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Reading a newspaper is like travelling through the maze of acronyms. Like a head line in the daily Indian Express:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;“Go to HC, SC tells NICE.” (or “Go to High Court, Supreme Court tells Nandi Infrastructure Corridor Enterprises.”)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;“Around new IITs, IIMs, will come SDZs: SEZs with a Difference.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;“Quota for SCs/STs in MBBS, BDS.”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;“RBI urging the IBA to follow KYC and AML standards” (Reserve Bank of India, Indian Banks’ Assn., Know Your Customer and Anti-Money Laundering).”&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;“MMRDA trusts women’s NGOs,” (to run a public toilet-cleaning program) reported by a Mumbai newspaper named DNA.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The profusion of abbreviations are mystifying to outsiders, for whom scanning headlines is often like staring at an eye chart. But their omnipresence shows as to how the country has taken English and shaped it for its own ends, and how a once-alien tongue continues to be a unifier of sorts in a culturally diverse population. Consequently, it is the de facto language of the federal government, whose bureaucrats appears to relish nothing more than cooking up new acronyms and abbreviations for government posts, policies, schemes, designations, agencies and institutions. There is no dictionary to help decipher these terms. And it is not uncommon for newspapers to neglect to spell them out in their copy, on the assumption that no explanation is necessary for most readers. That assumption appears true to a surprising extent. Even illiterate residents and those who speak no English often recognize acronyms and initials in conversation, which by their very nature are easier to remember than the full words and phrases, Villagers may not know what RTI ( Right to Information) stands for but they know what it does. Similarly they know that NREGS stands for National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme that guarantees them some days of work a year. English acronyms and abbreviations have thus proven to be effective tools for getting the word out on government programs to far-flung corners.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Even Indian politics relies on acronyms. Most political parties are known by their initials, with the major exception of the ruling Congress Party, which is mostly represented by UPA, the ruling coalition. Others are BJP, CPI, CPI(M0, DMK, AIADMK, which, admittedly, is much easier to call than All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam. Indian English’s love of short forms has got the biggest boon by the explosion in cell phone ownership and the immense popularity of text-messaging or SMS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;SYNTAX&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indian English grammar contains many deviations from standard English forms, they are often a result of direct transfers of grammar features from native languages. Hindi syntax affects Indian English syntax in several ways. There is a seemingly arbitrary use of the articles a and the, which do not have parallels in Hindi. Often, one is substituted for a; for example &amp;#8220;And one black cat..”. The and a are often dropped when they should be said and used when they should be left out like, &amp;#8220;We are going to temple”  or before professions .Something which Indian English has that is not found in other varieties of English is the use of only and itself to emphasize time and place. It comes from the Hindi word “hee” and produces sentences like &amp;#8220;I was in Delhi only” and &amp;#8220;Can we meet tomorrow itself?” Indian English speakers often use reduplication as a way of emphasizing an action, like “Come come! Sit sit!”. Reduplication can also replace very for intensifying or extending something, as in long, long hair. Adjectives are also intensified by doubling them. This is a common feature of most Indian languages. For example: &amp;#8220;She has curly-curly hair”; &amp;#8220;We went to different-different places in the city”; &amp;#8220;Don&amp;#8217;t worry about small-small things” to mean very insignificant issues. Certain verbs are used in Indian English in the same way they are used in Hindi. Like using kholna and bandh karna when asking someone to turn a light on or off; the literal translation is retained, so it becomes &amp;#8220;open the light&amp;#8221; and &amp;#8220;close the light.&amp;#8221; The same is true of giving a test (from the Hindi verb dena) rather than taking a test. Take means consume when used with food and drink items &amp;#8212; &amp;#8220;Will you take tea?&amp;#8221; The verb ‘lena’ is the Hindi equivalent of this. Indian English speakers often use certain verbs in ways that are confusing to speakers of other English varieties. One of the most indicative signs of Indian English grammar is the use of the continuous tense with habitual actions, completed actions, and stative verbs. This produces sentences such as &amp;#8220;I am doing it often&amp;#8221; rather than &amp;#8220;I do it often&amp;#8221;; &amp;#8220;Where are you coming from?&amp;#8221; instead of &amp;#8220;Where have you come from?&amp;#8221; and &amp;#8220;She was having many sarees&amp;#8221; rather than &amp;#8220;She had many sarees&amp;#8221; (Trudgill &amp;amp; Hannah, p. 132). Perhaps to highlight this aspect of Indian English McDonald’s created the slogan of “I am loving It” in their advertising campaign. Other distinguished grammar usage are-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;a) Progressive tense in stative verbs (Hindi influence): She is knowing the answer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;b) Different prepositions: to discuss about, pay attention on…&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;c) Use of general tag questions: You are going, isn&amp;#8217;t it? He&amp;#8217;s here, no?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;d) Agreement with the form, not the content of a question: A. You didn&amp;#8217;t do it? B: Yes, I didn&amp;#8217;t.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The word order of questions is often unique in Indian English. Sentences such as &amp;#8220;What you would like to eat?&amp;#8221; instead of “what would you like to eat?” and &amp;#8220;Who you will come with?&amp;#8221; show the absence of subject-verb inversion in direct questions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;CONCLUSION&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is quiet clear that Indian English has its own distinct flavour. We have made English into a native language with its own linguistic and cultural ecologies and sociocultural contexts. Indian English is very much our own. Its special functions have engraved English into the cultural life of India, and it is very much a part of the experience of being Indian &amp;#8212; even if one does not speak it. Many Indians feel that the use of English should be actively encouraged because of the many advantages it confers &amp;#8211; the greatest of which is its universal character. The Indian writer and philosopher Raja Rao wrote, “Truth, said a great Indian sage, is not the monopoly of the Sanskrit language. Truth can use any language, and the more universal, the better it is. If metaphysics is India&amp;#8217;s primary contribution to world civilization, as we believe it is, then must she use the most universal language for her to be universal&amp;#8230;. And as long as the English language is universal, it will always remain Indian&amp;#8230;. It would then be correct to say as long as we are Indian &amp;#8212; that is, not nationalists, but truly Indians of the Indian psyche &amp;#8212; we shall have the English language with us and amongst us, and not as a guest or friend, but as one of our own, of our caste, our creed , our sect and our tradition” (quoted in Kachru 1986, p. 12).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indians use English the same way other speakers of English as a foreign language may do it: they adapt it to fit their native language concepts, they use the material to form new vocabulary items, without bothering much for grammar. Even though we hold the British English as a benchmark to perfect English, the Indian variety is unique, and this uniqueness should be valued and appreciated. Indian English has now come to be recognised as a viable and self generating vehicle for expressing Indian sensibility in an Indian atmosphere. It is now a natural product of an alien medium developed in interaction and interference in native language and native culture. This form of English is thriving in our country as we Indians “don’t worry about small-small things”.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;REFERENCES&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kachru, Braj. (1983). The Indianization of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kachru, Braj. (1986). The Alchemy of English: The spread, functions and models of non-native Englishes. New York: Pergamon Press Inc.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Trudgill, Peter, and Hannah, Jean. (1994). International English: A Guide to the Varieties of Standard English. London: Edward Arnold.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Strevens, Peter. ‘English as an International Language’ in The Other Tongue: English Across Cultures. Edited by Braj B. Kachru. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1992. 27-47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Crystal, David. ‘The Subcontinent Raises Its Voice.’ The Guardian (19 November 2004): http://education.guardian.co.uk/tefl/story/0,,1355064,00.html.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using English.com. &lt;a href=&quot;www.usingenglish.com/reference/common-words/index.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;www.usingenglish.com/reference/common-words/index.html&lt;/a&gt;, 2007&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal; &quot;&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;size-thumbnail wp-image-549 alignleft&quot; title=&quot;Dr. Asma Rizwan&quot; src=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/Dr.-Asma-Rizwan-150x150.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Dr. Asma Rizwan&quot; width=&quot;150&quot; height=&quot;150&quot; /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Dr.Asma Rizwan&lt;/strong&gt; of&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal; &quot;&gt; People’s Institute of Management &amp;amp; Research, &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;Bhopal, is a t&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal; &quot;&gt;eacher and a trainer. PhD in English and an examiner of Cambridge University for its Business English Speaking skills exam. More than ten years of teaching experience mostly to adults at graduate and post graduate levels. Trained in  EFL ( English as foreign language) techniques in (ESOL) that is teaching English to the speakers of other language by British Council. Keen follower of Indian English and adapted words and slang by the Indian Media and research on the same subject. Edited the college management Journal and part of several editorial board.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**ELTWeekly Team &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;would like to thank &lt;/span&gt;Dr.Asma Rizwan for contributing this research paper.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Abstract&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;English has been in India since the early 1600&amp;#8217;s, when the East India Company started trading and English missionaries first began their efforts. English started life in India as not just a foreign language, but as a much-hated language. A large number of Christian schools imparting an English education were set up by the early 1800&amp;#8217;s. The process of producing English-knowing bilinguals in India began with the Minute of 1835, which officially endorsed T.B. Macaulay&amp;#8217;s goal of forming &amp;#8220;a class who may be interpreters between us and the millions whom we govern &amp;#8211; a class of persons, Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals and in intellect&amp;#8221; (quoted in Kachru 1983, p. 22). English became the official and academic language of India by the early twentieth century. The rising of the nationalist movement in the 1920&amp;#8217;s brought some anti-English sentiment with it &amp;#8212; even though the movement itself used English as its medium. From the despised instrument of oppression to the reluctantly adopted lingua franca to the status symbol of the upper classes to its position today as a second language, English has come a long way. The liberalisation of the Indian economy ushered in all kinds of reasons to learn the language. There are now call centres that need trainers to equip their employees with communication skills, there are multinationals who have been recruiting marketing staff that needed to be taught spoken English, there are medical transcription centres which need efficient translators and reporters&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The English which is spoken in India is different from that spoken in other regions of the world, and it is regarded as the unique variety which is called Indian English. The purpose of this Paper is to show some of the ways Indians have intentionally and unintentionally customized English to suit their needs.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Introduction&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The year 1600, when English began to flow into the subcontinent of India, saw the beginnings of new forms of the language and Indian English is the oldest World English after those of the British Isles. (Crystal, Guardian) Influences were two-way. English began to take words from the languages of the subcontinent, and those old languages began the subtle transformation of the new language. In less than two hundred years, English was beginning to compete with local languages. The year 1774 was the key date because it was then that English became ‘the language of the Supreme Court in Calcutta’.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The process of producing English-knowing bilinguals in India began with the Minute of 1835, which officially endorsed T.B. Macaulay&amp;#8217;s goal of forming &amp;#8220;a class who may be interpreters between us and the millions whom we govern &amp;#8211; a class of persons, Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals and in intellect&amp;#8221; (quoted in Kachru 1983, p. 22). English became the official and academic language of India by the early twentieth century. Although less than four percent of India&amp;#8217;s population speaks English, but they are the individuals who lead India&amp;#8217;s economic, industrial, professional, political, and social life. Even though English is primarily a second language for these persons, it is the medium in which a great number of the interactions in the above domains are carried out. With India&amp;#8217;s massive population, around three percent English speakers puts India among the top four countries in the world with the highest number of English speakers.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Indian English is used mainly by Indians whose native language it is not. It is a minority language, but yet a language of national affairs. The language has penetrated deeply in the society, which has, in its turn, resulted in several varieties of English in India. The development of these new varieties is connected with historical and social factors. The new English that is the Indian English has its own contexts of functions, usage and characteristics. Indian English is characterized by treating mass nouns as count nouns, frequent use of the &amp;#8220;isn&amp;#8217;t it?&amp;#8221; tag, use of more compounds, and a different use of prepositions. &amp;#8220;use to&amp;#8221; means usually, and no articles are used before occupations. Some characteristics of Indian English are however little known beyond South Asia and are liable to be regarded by native speakers of English as ‘deviant’ in various ways. Indian English is a complex and variegated phenomenon which lies in its typically Indian tone and rhythm, words and phrases, and sentences and proverbs The Indian English speaker is the carrier of sociocultural genes who is often compelled to borrow words from the native language in order to convey the flavour of raciness of his mother tongue. This paper attempts to trace the special characteristics of the English spoken by the Indians.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;CHARACTERISTICS OF INDIAN ENGLISH&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Indian English is a distinct variety of the English language. It is important to know that not every linguistic item is used by every Indian English speaker and that a great deal of regional and educational differentiation exists. Some of these major differences are discussed here which are widely used by the Indian speakers. These operate on various phonological, morphological, lexical, and syntactic levels.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;PHONOLOGY &amp;amp; MORPHOLOGY&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Indian accents vary greatly from those close to a pure British (RP) to those leaning towards a more &amp;#8216;vernacular&amp;#8217; (Indian language)-tinted speech. Some Indian English speakers have a tendency to drop the -ed ending after /k/ and /t/ ex: walked becomes walk and talked becomes talk. The voiceless plosives /p/, /t/, /k/ are always unaspirated in Indian English, whereas in RP, they are aspirated in word-initial or stressed syllables. Thus &amp;#8220;pin&amp;#8221; is pronounced [p?n] in Indian English but [p??n] in most other accents. Chiefly in states like Punjab, Haryana and in my native place Bhopal, the short [?] becomes lengthened and higher to long [e?], making &amp;lt;pen&amp;gt; sound like &amp;lt;pain&amp;gt;.Standard Hindi and most other vernaculars do not differentiate between /v/ and /w/. Instead, most Indians use [?] for words with either sound, possibly in free variation with [v] or [w]. So wine and vine are homophones and volleybal is the same as wallyball.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Indian English morphology is very creative and it is filled with new terms and usages. Indian English uses compound formation extensively, as in English-speaking classes or convent-going. The compounds cousin-brother and cousin-sister allow the Indian English speaker to designate whether their cousin is male or female. Others include batchmate or batch-mate (for class mate) chalk-piece, key-bunch, meeting notice, age barred, and pindrop silence. English mass nouns are often pluralized such as litters, furnitures, equipments and woods in Indian English. Sometimes words which should be pluralized are not; for example &amp;#8220;One of the largest hub&amp;#8221;. A quintessential Indian English term which comes from compound formation is time-pass, which means idling or something as non-exciting, as in &amp;#8220;That match was real time-pass.&amp;#8221; Some other words which are exclusive to Indian English are-&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;1.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Over speeding and tyre bursting cause accidents&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;2.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&amp;#8216;Free of cost&amp;#8217; is used for ‘Free of charge”&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;3.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Do Not Crisscross on Expressway-  crisscross is not used in formal writings&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;4.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Parking Inside the Lawn is Strictly Prohibited- that means don&amp;#8217;t park on the grass.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;5.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&amp;#8216; wheatish&amp;#8217;, describing a type of complexion&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;6.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Road In Curve Ahead-&amp;#8217;In Curve&amp;#8217;; it&amp;#8217;s about to curve around&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;7.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Speed Breaker Ahead- referring to road Bumps.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;8.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Super stores &amp;#8211; for grocery stores slightly bigger than normal stores or department stores.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;9.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;Super bazaar/ market – for grocery stores slightly bigger than the super stores.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;10.&lt;span style=&quot;white-space: pre;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;No 2-/3-Wheelers allowed &amp;#8211; 2-wheelers is the generic term for motorbikes and scooters; 3-wheelers is the everyday description of auto-rickshaws.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Indian English also shorten many words to create commonly used terms. Enthusiasm is called enthu; as such, it can be used in new ways. One can say, &amp;#8220;That guy has a lot of enthu.&amp;#8221; While this is simply an abbreviation, enthu can also be used as an adjective where enthusiasm cannot, as in &amp;#8220;He&amp;#8217;s a real enthu guy.&amp;#8221; The same applies for fundamentals, which is shortened as fundas. &amp;#8220;She knows her fundas.&amp;#8221; What is interesting about fundas is that when the -as ending is dropped and -u is added, it takes on a new meaning and can be used in a new way. Fundu basically means wonderful or brilliant. One can say &amp;#8220;He is a fundu person&amp;#8221; or even &amp;#8220;He is fundu.&amp;#8221; When bringing Indian words into English, terms such as roti (bread), which is already plural, will be pluralized for English by the addition of -s (rotis). English suffixes are also appended to Indian terms. Like adding -fy to a Hindi word to indicate that an action is being done to someone by someone. From the Hindi word muska, to muskafy means to flatter somebody or to butter them up. Similarly, to pataofy is the action of wooing someone. Other suffixes such as -ic (Upanishadic), -dom (cooliedom), and -ism (goondaism) are used to create new usages for Indian terms. Prefixes can also be used in new ways. In Indian English, pre- is substituted for post- in postpone to create prepone, which indicates, for example, that a meeting has been moved to a sooner time.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;LEXICON&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The Indian English lexicon has many distinct terms which are commonly used by its speakers. Some arise through the use of old and new morphological features, as discussed above. Others come from acronyms and abbreviations. Many terms from Indian languages are utilized and new usages for English words or expressions are created. It must be noted that many of these terms and usages are specific to the population of Indian English speakers who are currently between twenty and thirty years of age.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Jan = January&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Feb = February&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;subsi = subsidiary&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;supli = supplementary&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;soopi = superintendent&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;princi = principle&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Gen. Sec. or G. Sec. = General Secretary&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Soc. Sec. = Social Secretary&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;lab ass = laboratory assistant&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;dep. – Department&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Agri – agriculture&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Most of these short terms are coined in college campus specially IITs &amp;amp; IIMs. The student of these elite technical Institutions speak in short forms which becomes difficult to decipher for an outsider. Roomy is one who shares the room and Tommy is one who shares the toilet  What is interesting about Indian English abbreviations is that they are pronounced the way they are spelled after they have been shortened. A Native speaker will generally read an abbreviation as though it were the entire word (i.e. Sec. is read as Secretary). Also, He tends to abbreviate phonetically when spoken abbreviations are used (i.e. Soc. is pronounced soash). When read by an Indian English speaker, Soc. Sec. is pronounced sock seck. Vowels which have been dropped by American and British English speakers are typically articulated by Indians. For example, typically is generally pronounced ti-pick-lee, but Indian English speakers will often say ti-pick-ah-lee.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;New words and new usages of standard words are introduced as well. A food grinder is simply called a mixi. Fashionable people are maud (modern) and &amp;#8211; such people could be described as fast (untraditional and modern). A deadly movie or event is hard-hitting and action-packed. Hi-tech is not just limited to technology; for example, one could be wearing a hi-tech outfit. A reception is sometimes called an at home. In Indian English A square root is known as an under root. Indian English speakers use less to indicate that something is insufficient &amp;#8212; &amp;#8220;There is less salt in the curry.&amp;#8221; Often this is extended to too less also. Similarly Hindi conversations are lased with occasional expressions like too much of and so much of. None of my informants were sure why of is used in those situations, but they all agreed it did not come from Hindi or any other Indian language&amp;#8217;s usage.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;We Indians love our alphabet soup. Even Indians living in villages know their letters. The world of newspapers, magazines, official documents, street signs, billboards are all full of acronyms. In fact we have as many initials, acronyms and abbreviations in usage as our population. Staying abreast of current events and navigating society often means wading into a thick pool of alphabet soup.Examples of the use of acronyms include the following:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;MCP &amp;#8211; Male Chauvinist Pig&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;ABCD- American Born Confused Desi (native of India)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;DINK- Double income no kids (Couple)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Acronyms are popular in shortening the names of the Hindi movies like-&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;QSQT &amp;#8211; Qayamat Se Qayamat Tak (a popular movie)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;ILU &amp;#8211; I Love You (from a song; pronounced ee-lu)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Reading a newspaper is like travelling through the maze of acronyms. Like a head line in the daily Indian Express:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;“Go to HC, SC tells NICE.” (or “Go to High Court, Supreme Court tells Nandi Infrastructure Corridor Enterprises.”)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;“Around new IITs, IIMs, will come SDZs: SEZs with a Difference.”&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;“Quota for SCs/STs in MBBS, BDS.”&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;“RBI urging the IBA to follow KYC and AML standards” (Reserve Bank of India, Indian Banks’ Assn., Know Your Customer and Anti-Money Laundering).”&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;“MMRDA trusts women’s NGOs,” (to run a public toilet-cleaning program) reported by a Mumbai newspaper named DNA.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The profusion of abbreviations are mystifying to outsiders, for whom scanning headlines is often like staring at an eye chart. But their omnipresence shows as to how the country has taken English and shaped it for its own ends, and how a once-alien tongue continues to be a unifier of sorts in a culturally diverse population. Consequently, it is the de facto language of the federal government, whose bureaucrats appears to relish nothing more than cooking up new acronyms and abbreviations for government posts, policies, schemes, designations, agencies and institutions. There is no dictionary to help decipher these terms. And it is not uncommon for newspapers to neglect to spell them out in their copy, on the assumption that no explanation is necessary for most readers. That assumption appears true to a surprising extent. Even illiterate residents and those who speak no English often recognize acronyms and initials in conversation, which by their very nature are easier to remember than the full words and phrases, Villagers may not know what RTI ( Right to Information) stands for but they know what it does. Similarly they know that NREGS stands for National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme that guarantees them some days of work a year. English acronyms and abbreviations have thus proven to be effective tools for getting the word out on government programs to far-flung corners.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Even Indian politics relies on acronyms. Most political parties are known by their initials, with the major exception of the ruling Congress Party, which is mostly represented by UPA, the ruling coalition. Others are BJP, CPI, CPI(M0, DMK, AIADMK, which, admittedly, is much easier to call than All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam. Indian English’s love of short forms has got the biggest boon by the explosion in cell phone ownership and the immense popularity of text-messaging or SMS.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;SYNTAX&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Indian English grammar contains many deviations from standard English forms, they are often a result of direct transfers of grammar features from native languages. Hindi syntax affects Indian English syntax in several ways. There is a seemingly arbitrary use of the articles a and the, which do not have parallels in Hindi. Often, one is substituted for a; for example &amp;#8220;And one black cat..”. The and a are often dropped when they should be said and used when they should be left out like, &amp;#8220;We are going to temple”  or before professions .Something which Indian English has that is not found in other varieties of English is the use of only and itself to emphasize time and place. It comes from the Hindi word “hee” and produces sentences like &amp;#8220;I was in Delhi only” and &amp;#8220;Can we meet tomorrow itself?” Indian English speakers often use reduplication as a way of emphasizing an action, like “Come come! Sit sit!”. Reduplication can also replace very for intensifying or extending something, as in long, long hair. Adjectives are also intensified by doubling them. This is a common feature of most Indian languages. For example: &amp;#8220;She has curly-curly hair”; &amp;#8220;We went to different-different places in the city”; &amp;#8220;Don&amp;#8217;t worry about small-small things” to mean very insignificant issues. Certain verbs are used in Indian English in the same way they are used in Hindi. Like using kholna and bandh karna when asking someone to turn a light on or off; the literal translation is retained, so it becomes &amp;#8220;open the light&amp;#8221; and &amp;#8220;close the light.&amp;#8221; The same is true of giving a test (from the Hindi verb dena) rather than taking a test. Take means consume when used with food and drink items &amp;#8212; &amp;#8220;Will you take tea?&amp;#8221; The verb ‘lena’ is the Hindi equivalent of this. Indian English speakers often use certain verbs in ways that are confusing to speakers of other English varieties. One of the most indicative signs of Indian English grammar is the use of the continuous tense with habitual actions, completed actions, and stative verbs. This produces sentences such as &amp;#8220;I am doing it often&amp;#8221; rather than &amp;#8220;I do it often&amp;#8221;; &amp;#8220;Where are you coming from?&amp;#8221; instead of &amp;#8220;Where have you come from?&amp;#8221; and &amp;#8220;She was having many sarees&amp;#8221; rather than &amp;#8220;She had many sarees&amp;#8221; (Trudgill &amp;amp; Hannah, p. 132). Perhaps to highlight this aspect of Indian English McDonald’s created the slogan of “I am loving It” in their advertising campaign. Other distinguished grammar usage are-&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;a) Progressive tense in stative verbs (Hindi influence): She is knowing the answer.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;b) Different prepositions: to discuss about, pay attention on…&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;c) Use of general tag questions: You are going, isn&amp;#8217;t it? He&amp;#8217;s here, no?&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;d) Agreement with the form, not the content of a question: A. You didn&amp;#8217;t do it? B: Yes, I didn&amp;#8217;t.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The word order of questions is often unique in Indian English. Sentences such as &amp;#8220;What you would like to eat?&amp;#8221; instead of “what would you like to eat?” and &amp;#8220;Who you will come with?&amp;#8221; show the absence of subject-verb inversion in direct questions.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;CONCLUSION&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;It is quiet clear that Indian English has its own distinct flavour. We have made English into a native language with its own linguistic and cultural ecologies and sociocultural contexts. Indian English is very much our own. Its special functions have engraved English into the cultural life of India, and it is very much a part of the experience of being Indian &amp;#8212; even if one does not speak it. Many Indians feel that the use of English should be actively encouraged because of the many advantages it confers &amp;#8211; the greatest of which is its universal character. The Indian writer and philosopher Raja Rao wrote, “Truth, said a great Indian sage, is not the monopoly of the Sanskrit language. Truth can use any language, and the more universal, the better it is. If metaphysics is India&amp;#8217;s primary contribution to world civilization, as we believe it is, then must she use the most universal language for her to be universal&amp;#8230;. And as long as the English language is universal, it will always remain Indian&amp;#8230;. It would then be correct to say as long as we are Indian &amp;#8212; that is, not nationalists, but truly Indians of the Indian psyche &amp;#8212; we shall have the English language with us and amongst us, and not as a guest or friend, but as one of our own, of our caste, our creed , our sect and our tradition” (quoted in Kachru 1986, p. 12).&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Indians use English the same way other speakers of English as a foreign language may do it: they adapt it to fit their native language concepts, they use the material to form new vocabulary items, without bothering much for grammar. Even though we hold the British English as a benchmark to perfect English, the Indian variety is unique, and this uniqueness should be valued and appreciated. Indian English has now come to be recognised as a viable and self generating vehicle for expressing Indian sensibility in an Indian atmosphere. It is now a natural product of an alien medium developed in interaction and interference in native language and native culture. This form of English is thriving in our country as we Indians “don’t worry about small-small things”.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;References&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Kachru, Braj. (1983). The Indianization of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Kachru, Braj. (1986). The Alchemy of English: The spread, functions and models of non-native Englishes. New York: Pergamon Press Inc.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Trudgill, Peter, and Hannah, Jean. (1994). International English: A Guide to the Varieties of Standard English. London: Edward Arnold.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Strevens, Peter. ‘English as an International Language’ in The Other Tongue: English Across Cultures. Edited by Braj B. Kachru. Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1992. 27-47.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Crystal, David. ‘The Subcontinent Raises Its Voice.’ The Guardian (19 November 2004): http://education.guardian.co.uk/tefl/story/0,,1355064,00.html.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Using English.com. www.usingenglish.com/reference/common-words/index.html, 2007&lt;/div&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="Create PDF"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="Create PDF" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/37-research-paper-characteristics-of-indian-english/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>#36, Research Article: &#8216;Language and Culture&#8217; by Mahsa Kia</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-research-article-language-and-culture-by-mahsa-kia/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-research-article-language-and-culture-by-mahsa-kia/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 03 Oct 2009 07:12:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Research Papers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#36]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tarun Patel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Research Article]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Free ELT Articles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT in ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Language & Culture]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=509</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Culture is the act of developing the intellectual and moral faculties especially by education.(Webster dictionary)

The national centre for cultural competence defines culture as an" integrated pattern of human behavior that includes thoughts, communications, languages, practices, beliefs, values, customs, courtesies, rituals, manners of interacting and roles, relationships and expected behaviors of racial, ethnic, religious or social group; and the ability to transmit the above to the succeeding generation.(Good,Sockalingam,Brown&#038;Jones,2000) ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">
<p>Abstract</p></div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Culture is the act of developing the intellectual and moral faculties especially by education.(Webster dictionary)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The national centre for cultural competence defines culture as an&#8221; integrated pattern of human behavior that includes thoughts, communications, languages, practices, beliefs, values, customs, courtesies, rituals, manners of interacting and roles, relationships and expected behaviors of racial, ethnic, religious or social group; and the ability to transmit the above to the succeeding generation.(Good,Sockalingam,Brown&amp;Jones,2000)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">It is emergent to language learners to be aware of the culturally appropriate ways to address people, express gratitude, make requests, and agree or disagree with someone. Behaviors and intonation patterns that are appropriate in their own speech community may be perceived differently by the members of the target language. As a matter of fact, language use must be associated with other culturally appropriate behavior.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">This paper concerns with the culture in relation with language teaching and learning. In addition, it focuses on the role of the learners and teachers to be effective ones and develop their cultural competence.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The necessity of culture in language learning</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">To speak a language well, one has to be able to think in that language, and thought is extremely powerful. A person&#8217;s mind is in the centre of his identity, so if a person thinks in French, one might say that he has, in a way, almost taken on a French identity. That is the power and the essence of a language. Language is culture. Language is the soul of the country and people who speak it.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">It is clear that the terminology used by a culture primarily reflects that culture&#8217;s interests and concerns. For instance, Indians in Canada&#8217;s north west territories typically have at least 13 terms for different types and conditions of snow, while most non-skiing native southern Californians use only 2 terms –ice and snow. That does not mean that the English language has 2 terms. Quite the contrary, there are many more English words that refer to different states of frozen water, such as blizzard, dusting, flurry, frost,… the point is that these terms are rarely if ever used by people living in a tropical or subtropical regions because they rarely encounter frozen water in any form other than ice cubes.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">On the other hand, without the study of culture, teaching second language is inaccurate and incomplete. For L2 students, language study seems senseless if they know nothing about the people who speak the target language or the country in which the target language is spoken. Acquiring a new language means a lot more than the manipulation of syntax and lexicon. According to Bada(2000,101)&#8221;the need for cultural literacy in ELT arises mainly from the fact that most language learners, not exposed to cultural elements of the society in question, seem to encounter significant hardship in communicating meaning to native speaker.&#8221;Moreover, nowadays the L2 culture is presented as an interdisciplinary core in many L2 curricula designs and textbooks.(Sysoyev&amp;Donelson2002)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Socio-cultural theory:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The social process of interaction (through language, as well as other systems and tools such as gestures, narratives, technologies) mediates the construction of knowledge and leads to the individual&#8217;s development of a framework for making sense of experience that is congruent with the cultural system in which the learner and learning are located. It is through this social and cultural process that students are socialized to act, communicate and be in ways that are culturally appropriate to the groups in which they participate to as members, and through which identities are formed.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Within socio-cultural theories, development occurs twice: firstly in the process of social interaction (that is, on an interpersonal plane) and then within the mind of the individual (that is on an intrapersonal plane). Language is integral to learning in that it is the major means by which we make and share meanings with ourselves and with others, and by which we negotiate social relationships and social values. It is language that makes it possible for people to objectify and conceptualize themselves in the world- to give names to experiences, and make sense of the environment, objects, experiences, events and interactions. In short, language is central to the process of conceiving meaning, which is integral to learning.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The socio-cultural perspective on second language learning, based on the work of  Vygotsky(1978) highlights that all learning, including language learning, is based on social interaction with more proficient others, on an interpersonal and intrapersonal plane as described above. Through the concept of the zone of the proximal development, it highlights that language learning is developmental. The characteristic of prior knowledge is very important. It recognizes that new learning is built on prior learning- that is, the ideas and concepts that students bring to learning. Teachers work with these preconceptions in order to facilitate learning.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Motivation: the effect of motivation in the study of L2 has been proved by experts like Gardner and Lambert(1959,1965,1972). In achieving high motivation, culture classes does have a great roles because learners like culturally based activities such as singing, dancing, role playing, doing research on countries and people, etc. The study of culture increases learners&#8217; not only curiosity about and interest the target countries but also their motivation. For example, when some professors introduced the cultures of the L2s they taught, the learner&#8217;s interests in those classes increased a lot and the classes based on cultured become to be preferred to more highly than traditional Classes.(kiato,2000)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Communicative competence in L2: Culture enhances communicative competence in L2. Cultural competence falls in the category of pragmatic aspect of communicative of the members of a culture, and thus behaves in a way that would be understood by members of the culture in the intended way. It, therefore, involves understanding of all aspects of a culture, but particularly the social structure, the values and beliefs of the people and the way things are assumed to be done. Lado (1957) argued that lack of cultural competence in the target language would surely lead to transfer from the native language. Consequently L2 students would express idiosyncratic utterances leading to inappropriate utterances even through the grammatical structures may be appropriate.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The process of teaching</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Teaching a language is not giving some information about the structure, vocabulary, idiom and linguistics, but it should include cultural points.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The study of culture should begin on the very first day of class and should continue every day there after. From the first day of class teachers should have prepared a cultural island in their classrooms. Posters, pictures, maps and signs are essential in helping students develop a mental image. Assigning students foreign names from the first day can heighten student interest. Short presentations on a topic of interest with appropriate pictures or slides add to this mental image. Start student off by making them aware of the influence of various foreign cultures in this country. Introduce students to the borrowed words in the language or the place-names of our country.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Byram (1989,42) points out that the cultural experiences that teachers can provide for the learners in the tutored setting are, at best, vicarious and argues that it would be misguided to teach as if learners can acquire  foreign cultural concepts, values and behaviors, as if they were a tabula rasa.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Teachers must allow students to observe and explore cultural interactions from their own perspectives to enable them to find their own voices in the second language speech community.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">According to Tomalin &amp; Stempleski(1993:7-8), there are seven goals of cultural instructions:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">1.to help students to develop an understanding of the fact that all people exhibit culturally-conditioned behaviors.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">2.to help students to develop an understanding that social variables such as age, sex, social class, and place of residence influence the ways in which people speak and behave.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">3.to help student to become more aware of conventional behavior in common situations in target language.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">4.to help students to increase their awareness of the cultural connotations of words and phrases in the target language.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">5.to help students to develop their ability to evaluate and refine generalizations about the target culture, in terms of supporting evidence.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">6. to help students to develop the necessary skills to locate the organize information about the target culture.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">7.to stimulate students&#8217; intellectual curiosity about the target culture, and to encourage empathy towards its people.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Nelson Brooks has identified five meanings of culture: growth; refinement; fine arts; patterns of living&#8217; and the total way of life. He believes that patterns of living should receive the major emphasis in the classroom. It is patterns of living that are the least understood, meaning of culture as culture 4 and defines it as follows:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">&#8220;Culture 4 (patterns of living) refers to the individuals&#8217; role unending kaleidoscope of life situations of every kind and the rules and models for attitude and conduct in them.  By reference to these models, every human being, from infancy onward, justifies the world to himself as best he can, associates with those around him, and relates to the social order to which he is attached.&#8217;(Brooks 1991,210)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">From the point of view of language instruction, culture 4 can be divided into formal culture and deep structure. Formal culture, sometimes referred to as &#8220;culture with a capital C&#8221;, includes the humanistic manifestations and contributions of a foreign culture: art; music; literature; architecture; technology; politic. However, with this way of looking at culture, we often lose sight of the individual.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Deep structure, or &#8220;culture with small c&#8221;, focuses on the behavioral patterns or lifestyles of the people: when and what they eat; how they make a living; the attitudes they express towards friends and members of their families; which expressions show approval or disapproval. In this sense, culture is a body of ready- made solutions to the problems encountered by the group. It is a cushion between man and his environment. If we provide our students only with a list of facts of history or geography and a list of lexical items, we have not provided them with an intimate view of what life is really like in the target culture.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Kordes(1991,288) reports that after 3 years of French study, including time in country one third of 112 students in a sixth German Oberstufe remained monocultural, small minority at level of transculturation, in which they achieved some degree of identification with the foreign culture. Recognizing that cultural proficiency may be more difficult to assess than linguistic proficiency, Kramsch (1991,220) notes that even in the case of study-abroad experiences, the evidence pointing to the development of cross-cultural understanding or cross-cultural personality development is lacking. According to Kramsch (1993,234) even individuals who immigrate to a new country and spend the remainder of their lives as active participants in the new cultural setting often report the feeling of not&#8221; really to the host culture,&#8221; but of being situated on its borders.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Byram (1991,19) for one, believes that the goal of culture instruction can not be to replicate the socialization process experienced by natives of the culture, but to develop intercultural understanding. Kordes(1991,302) expresses a similar view in claiming that even though a foreign language, intercultural learning is feasible to at least some degree. Kramsch (1993) proposes that in the classroom setting it is possible to foster the formation of what she calls a third culture conceived of as the intersection of multiple discourses rather than as a reified body of information to be intellectualized and remembered. Robinson-Stuart and Nocon (1996) present the results of a classroom study that shows that it is possible for learners to develop positive attitudes toward the cultural perspective of members of different speech communities as a result of an instructional program that brings learners into meaningful interaction with members of the second culture.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">The role of the learner</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Necessarily, students can not master the language unless they have mastered the cultural contexts in which the language occurs.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Effective communication more than a matter of language proficiency, but successful communication hardly ever takes place unless second language users have obtained a kind of cultural competency of the language they use. One&#8217;s meaningful cross-cultural communication depends on the achievement of abilities to understand different modes of thinking and living, as they are embodied in the language to be learnt, and to merge and mediate between different modes present in any specific interaction. This mode of understanding can be labeled as &#8216;intercultural communicative competence.&#8217;</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Through intercultural language learning, students engage with and learn to understand and interpret human communication and interaction in increasingly sophisticated ways. They do both as participants in communication and as observers who notice, describe, analyze and interpret ideas, experiences and feeling shared when communicating with others. In doing so, they engage with interpreting their own and others meanings, with each experience of participation and reflection leading to a greater awareness of self in relation to others. The ongoing interactive exchange of meanings, and the reflection on both the meanings exchanged and the process of interaction, are an integral part of life in our world. As such, intercultural language learning is best understood not as something to be added to teaching and learning but rather something that is integral to the interactions that already (and inevitably) takes place in the classroom and beyond.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Language learners need to be aware, for example, of the culturally appropriate ways for addressing people, greetings, expressing needs, and agree or disagree with someone. They should know that behaviors and intonation patterns that are appropriate in their own speech community may be perceived differently by members of the target language speech community. They have to understand that, in order for communication to be successful, language use must be associated with other culturally appropriate behavior.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">If learners are particularly lucky, they get a chance to a foreign country to immerse themselves in the culture of the country.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">However, most of the learners have no chance to spend time in a foreign country: therefore, learners should do some useful techniques:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">1.it is very effective to contact with native speakers of the language in some classes.(native teachers)</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">2. they can find some culturally similarities and differences between their language and target language and discuss this with their classmates.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">3.it is necessary to work with authentic materials of the target language:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Films: films offer learners a chance to observe behaviors which are not in texts.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">It is possible to watch, feelings, gestures, behaviors.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Internet: via the internet, we can easily search anything any time.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Newspapers and magazine: newspapers offer daily news. They are the best sources to connect learners with language and culture such as, interviews and advertisements.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">4.learners can study the history and identity of the people of the language and get familiar with their customs and way of thinking.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">5. the role-play must take place after an exposure to authentic conversation in a classroom. They observe the role play and try to identify the reason for the miscommunication.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">6. one of the best way to be aware of cultural information is common proverbs in the target language. They will focus on how the proverbs and different from or similar to proverbs in their own language.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">7. talks and discussions may be suitable for giving information to students about culture in classes.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">8. an effective way for students to learn about target language and culture is to speak in an authentic way. For example, they can call a hotel and get some information about rooms, facilities…..</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Conclusion:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Understanding the nature of the relationship between language and culture is central to the process of learning another language. In actual language use, it is not the case that it is only the forms of language that convey meaning. It is language in its culture context that creates meaning: creating and interpreting meaning is done within a cultural framework.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Learning to communicate in an additional language involves developing and awareness of the ways in which culture interrelates with language whenever it is used.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Taking an intercultural perspective in language teaching and learning involves more than developing knowledge of other people and places. It means that all human beings are shaped by their cultures and that communicating across cultures involves accepting both one&#8217;s own culturally conditioned nature and that of others and the ways in which these are at play in communication.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">To get this goal, teachers and learners should play their effective role in the classrooms. The effective techniques were introduced to the learners in the text.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">On the other hand, teachers must allow students to observe and explore cultural interactions from their own perspectives to enable them to find their own voices in the language speech community. In fact, without the study of culture, teaching foreign language is inaccurate and incomplete.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">References:</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Bada, E.  (2000), culture in ELT. Cukurova University Journal of social sciences</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Brook, Robert , E, (1991), writing and sense of self: identity Negotiation in writing workshop. National council of teachers of English.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Byram, M., fleming, M.(editors)1998. Language learning in intercultural perspective. Cambridge University Press.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Byram, M., Esarte-Sarries, V., Taylor, E. &amp; Allat 1991, ‘Young people’s perceptions of the other culture’. In D. Buttjes &amp; M. Byram (eds), Mediating languages and cultures, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Good, T., Sockalingam, S., Brown, M.,&amp; Jones, W.A planner&#8217;s guide …infusing principles, content and themes related to cultural and linguistic competence in to meanings and conferences. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Center for Child and Human Development, national center for Cultural competence. Retrieved October 28, 2003, from www.georgetown.edu/research/gucdc/nccc/ncccplannersguid.html</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Gardner, Robert C., and Wallace Lambert, 1972. Attitudes and motivation in second language learning. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Herron,C.,Cole, S, P., Corrie, C.,&amp; Dubreil, S.(1999). The effectiveness of video-based curriculum in teaching culture. The Modern Language Journal.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Hinkel, Eli, (2006), culture in second language teaching and learning</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Kiato, k(2000). Teaching culture in foreign language instruction in the united states. Online documents in URL.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Kordes, H. 1991 ‘Intercultural learning at school: limits and possibilities’</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Kramsch, c(1993) context and culture in language teaching. Oxford University Press.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Kramsch, C. 1991, ‘Culture in language learning: a view from the United States’. In K. de Bot, R. Ginsberg &amp; C. Kramsch (eds), Foreign language research in a cross-cultural perspective, Amsterdam</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Lado, L,. (1957), linguistic across culture: Applied linguistics for language teachers, University of Michigan Press.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">National Standard in Foreign Language Education Project. (1996). Standard for foreign language learning in the 21st century. Yonkers, NY: Author.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Robinston-Stuart, G., &amp; Nocon, H. (1996). Second culture acquisition: Ethnography in the foreign language classroom. Modern Language Journal, 80, 431-449. The authors report on a study in which students were trained in.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Robinson,G.(1978) the magic carpet-ride-to-another-culture syndrome: an international perspective foreign language Annals.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Seelye(1994), teaching culture: strategies for intercultural communication Lincolnwood, IL:National text book company.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Sysoyev, P. V. &amp; Donelson L. R. (2002). Teaching Cultural Identity through Modern Language: Discourse as a Marker of an Individual’s Cultural Identity. Online documents at URL http://www.actr.org/JER/issue4/11.htm. [27.06.2004]</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Tomlin, B.&amp; Stempleski, S.1993. Cultural awareness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;">Vygotsky, H.,(1978), mind in society: the development of higher psych-logical process, comb,MA: Harvard University Press.</div>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;"></div>
<p><strong>Language and Culture </strong></p>
<p>by<strong> Mahsa Kia</strong></p>
<p><strong>Introduction</strong></p>
<p>Culture is the act of developing the intellectual and moral faculties especially by education.(Webster dictionary)</p>
<p>The national centre for cultural competence defines culture as an&#8221; integrated pattern of human behavior that includes thoughts, communications, languages, practices, beliefs, values, customs, courtesies, rituals, manners of interacting and roles, relationships and expected behaviors of racial, ethnic, religious or social group; and the ability to transmit the above to the succeeding generation.(Good,Sockalingam,Brown&amp;Jones,2000)</p>
<p>It is emergent to language learners to be aware of the culturally appropriate ways to address people, express gratitude, make requests, and agree or disagree with someone. Behaviors and intonation patterns that are appropriate in their own speech community may be perceived differently by the members of the target language. As a matter of fact, language use must be associated with other culturally appropriate behavior.<span id="more-509"></span></p>
<p>This paper concerns with the culture in relation with language teaching and learning. In addition, it focuses on the role of the learners and teachers to be effective ones and develop their cultural competence.</p>
<p>The necessity of culture in language learning</p>
<p>To speak a language well, one has to be able to think in that language, and thought is extremely powerful. A person&#8217;s mind is in the centre of his identity, so if a person thinks in French, one might say that he has, in a way, almost taken on a French identity. That is the power and the essence of a language. Language is culture. Language is the soul of the country and people who speak it.</p>
<p>It is clear that the terminology used by a culture primarily reflects that culture&#8217;s interests and concerns. For instance, Indians in Canada&#8217;s north west territories typically have at least 13 terms for different types and conditions of snow, while most non-skiing native southern Californians use only 2 terms –ice and snow. That does not mean that the English language has 2 terms. Quite the contrary, there are many more English words that refer to different states of frozen water, such as blizzard, dusting, flurry, frost,… the point is that these terms are rarely if ever used by people living in a tropical or subtropical regions because they rarely encounter frozen water in any form other than ice cubes.</p>
<p>On the other hand, without the study of culture, teaching second language is inaccurate and incomplete. For L2 students, language study seems senseless if they know nothing about the people who speak the target language or the country in which the target language is spoken. Acquiring a new language means a lot more than the manipulation of syntax and lexicon. According to Bada(2000,101)&#8221;the need for cultural literacy in ELT arises mainly from the fact that most language learners, not exposed to cultural elements of the society in question, seem to encounter significant hardship in communicating meaning to native speaker.&#8221;Moreover, nowadays the L2 culture is presented as an interdisciplinary core in many L2 curricula designs and textbooks.(Sysoyev&amp;Donelson2002)</p>
<p><strong>Socio-cultural theory</strong></p>
<p>The social process of interaction (through language, as well as other systems and tools such as gestures, narratives, technologies) mediates the construction of knowledge and leads to the individual&#8217;s development of a framework for making sense of experience that is congruent with the cultural system in which the learner and learning are located. It is through this social and cultural process that students are socialized to act, communicate and be in ways that are culturally appropriate to the groups in which they participate to as members, and through which identities are formed.</p>
<p>Within socio-cultural theories, development occurs twice: firstly in the process of social interaction (that is, on an interpersonal plane) and then within the mind of the individual (that is on an intrapersonal plane). Language is integral to learning in that it is the major means by which we make and share meanings with ourselves and with others, and by which we negotiate social relationships and social values. It is language that makes it possible for people to objectify and conceptualize themselves in the world- to give names to experiences, and make sense of the environment, objects, experiences, events and interactions. In short, language is central to the process of conceiving meaning, which is integral to learning.</p>
<p>The socio-cultural perspective on second language learning, based on the work of  Vygotsky(1978) highlights that all learning, including language learning, is based on social interaction with more proficient others, on an interpersonal and intrapersonal plane as described above. Through the concept of the zone of the proximal development, it highlights that language learning is developmental. The characteristic of prior knowledge is very important. It recognizes that new learning is built on prior learning- that is, the ideas and concepts that students bring to learning. Teachers work with these preconceptions in order to facilitate learning.</p>
<p>Motivation: the effect of motivation in the study of L2 has been proved by experts like Gardner and Lambert(1959,1965,1972). In achieving high motivation, culture classes does have a great roles because learners like culturally based activities such as singing, dancing, role playing, doing research on countries and people, etc. The study of culture increases learners&#8217; not only curiosity about and interest the target countries but also their motivation. For example, when some professors introduced the cultures of the L2s they taught, the learner&#8217;s interests in those classes increased a lot and the classes based on cultured become to be preferred to more highly than traditional Classes.(kiato,2000)</p>
<p>Communicative competence in L2: Culture enhances communicative competence in L2. Cultural competence falls in the category of pragmatic aspect of communicative of the members of a culture, and thus behaves in a way that would be understood by members of the culture in the intended way. It, therefore, involves understanding of all aspects of a culture, but particularly the social structure, the values and beliefs of the people and the way things are assumed to be done. Lado (1957) argued that lack of cultural competence in the target language would surely lead to transfer from the native language. Consequently L2 students would express idiosyncratic utterances leading to inappropriate utterances even through the grammatical structures may be appropriate.</p>
<p><strong>The process of teaching</strong></p>
<p>Teaching a language is not giving some information about the structure, vocabulary, idiom and linguistics, but it should include cultural points.</p>
<p>The study of culture should begin on the very first day of class and should continue every day there after. From the first day of class teachers should have prepared a cultural island in their classrooms. Posters, pictures, maps and signs are essential in helping students develop a mental image. Assigning students foreign names from the first day can heighten student interest. Short presentations on a topic of interest with appropriate pictures or slides add to this mental image. Start student off by making them aware of the influence of various foreign cultures in this country. Introduce students to the borrowed words in the language or the place-names of our country.</p>
<p>Byram (1989,42) points out that the cultural experiences that teachers can provide for the learners in the tutored setting are, at best, vicarious and argues that it would be misguided to teach as if learners can acquire  foreign cultural concepts, values and behaviors, as if they were a tabula rasa.</p>
<p>Teachers must allow students to observe and explore cultural interactions from their own perspectives to enable them to find their own voices in the second language speech community.</p>
<p>According to Tomalin &amp; Stempleski(1993:7-8), there are seven goals of cultural instructions:</p>
<p>1.to help students to develop an understanding of the fact that all people exhibit culturally-conditioned behaviors.</p>
<p>2.to help students to develop an understanding that social variables such as age, sex, social class, and place of residence influence the ways in which people speak and behave.</p>
<p>3.to help student to become more aware of conventional behavior in common situations in target language.</p>
<p>4.to help students to increase their awareness of the cultural connotations of words and phrases in the target language.</p>
<p>5.to help students to develop their ability to evaluate and refine generalizations about the target culture, in terms of supporting evidence.</p>
<p>6. to help students to develop the necessary skills to locate the organize information about the target culture.</p>
<p>7.to stimulate students&#8217; intellectual curiosity about the target culture, and to encourage empathy towards its people.</p>
<p>Nelson Brooks has identified five meanings of culture: growth; refinement; fine arts; patterns of living&#8217; and the total way of life. He believes that patterns of living should receive the major emphasis in the classroom. It is patterns of living that are the least understood, meaning of culture as culture 4 and defines it as follows:</p>
<p>&#8220;Culture 4 (patterns of living) refers to the individuals&#8217; role unending kaleidoscope of life situations of every kind and the rules and models for attitude and conduct in them.  By reference to these models, every human being, from infancy onward, justifies the world to himself as best he can, associates with those around him, and relates to the social order to which he is attached.&#8217;(Brooks 1991,210)</p>
<p>From the point of view of language instruction, culture 4 can be divided into formal culture and deep structure. Formal culture, sometimes referred to as &#8220;culture with a capital C&#8221;, includes the humanistic manifestations and contributions of a foreign culture: art; music; literature; architecture; technology; politic. However, with this way of looking at culture, we often lose sight of the individual.</p>
<p>Deep structure, or &#8220;culture with small c&#8221;, focuses on the behavioral patterns or lifestyles of the people: when and what they eat; how they make a living; the attitudes they express towards friends and members of their families; which expressions show approval or disapproval. In this sense, culture is a body of ready- made solutions to the problems encountered by the group. It is a cushion between man and his environment. If we provide our students only with a list of facts of history or geography and a list of lexical items, we have not provided them with an intimate view of what life is really like in the target culture.</p>
<p>Kordes (1991,288) reports that after 3 years of French study, including time in country one third of 112 students in a sixth German Oberstufe remained monocultural, small minority at level of transculturation, in which they achieved some degree of identification with the foreign culture. Recognizing that cultural proficiency may be more difficult to assess than linguistic proficiency, Kramsch (1991,220) notes that even in the case of study-abroad experiences, the evidence pointing to the development of cross-cultural understanding or cross-cultural personality development is lacking. According to Kramsch (1993,234) even individuals who immigrate to a new country and spend the remainder of their lives as active participants in the new cultural setting often report the feeling of not&#8221; really to the host culture,&#8221; but of being situated on its borders.</p>
<p>Byram (1991,19) for one, believes that the goal of culture instruction can not be to replicate the socialization process experienced by natives of the culture, but to develop intercultural understanding. Kordes(1991,302) expresses a similar view in claiming that even though a foreign language, intercultural learning is feasible to at least some degree. Kramsch (1993) proposes that in the classroom setting it is possible to foster the formation of what she calls a third culture conceived of as the intersection of multiple discourses rather than as a reified body of information to be intellectualized and remembered. Robinson-Stuart and Nocon (1996) present the results of a classroom study that shows that it is possible for learners to develop positive attitudes toward the cultural perspective of members of different speech communities as a result of an instructional program that brings learners into meaningful interaction with members of the second culture.</p>
<p><strong>The role of the learner </strong></p>
<p>Necessarily, students can not master the language unless they have mastered the cultural contexts in which the language occurs.</p>
<p>Effective communication more than a matter of language proficiency, but successful communication hardly ever takes place unless second language users have obtained a kind of cultural competency of the language they use. One&#8217;s meaningful cross-cultural communication depends on the achievement of abilities to understand different modes of thinking and living, as they are embodied in the language to be learnt, and to merge and mediate between different modes present in any specific interaction. This mode of understanding can be labeled as &#8216;intercultural communicative competence.&#8217;</p>
<p>Through intercultural language learning, students engage with and learn to understand and interpret human communication and interaction in increasingly sophisticated ways. They do both as participants in communication and as observers who notice, describe, analyze and interpret ideas, experiences and feeling shared when communicating with others. In doing so, they engage with interpreting their own and others meanings, with each experience of participation and reflection leading to a greater awareness of self in relation to others. The ongoing interactive exchange of meanings, and the reflection on both the meanings exchanged and the process of interaction, are an integral part of life in our world. As such, intercultural language learning is best understood not as something to be added to teaching and learning but rather something that is integral to the interactions that already (and inevitably) takes place in the classroom and beyond.</p>
<p>Language learners need to be aware, for example, of the culturally appropriate ways for addressing people, greetings, expressing needs, and agree or disagree with someone. They should know that behaviors and intonation patterns that are appropriate in their own speech community may be perceived differently by members of the target language speech community. They have to understand that, in order for communication to be successful, language use must be associated with other culturally appropriate behavior.</p>
<p>If learners are particularly lucky, they get a chance to a foreign country to immerse themselves in the culture of the country.</p>
<p>However, most of the learners have no chance to spend time in a foreign country: therefore, learners should do some useful techniques:</p>
<p>1.it is very effective to contact with native speakers of the language in some classes.(native teachers)</p>
<p>2. they can find some culturally similarities and differences between their language and target language and discuss this with their classmates.</p>
<p>3.it is necessary to work with authentic materials of the target language:</p>
<p>Films: films offer learners a chance to observe behaviors which are not in texts.</p>
<p>It is possible to watch, feelings, gestures, behaviors.</p>
<p>Internet: via the internet, we can easily search anything any time.</p>
<p>Newspapers and magazine: newspapers offer daily news. They are the best sources to connect learners with language and culture such as, interviews and advertisements.</p>
<p>4.learners can study the history and identity of the people of the language and get familiar with their customs and way of thinking.</p>
<p>5. the role-play must take place after an exposure to authentic conversation in a classroom. They observe the role play and try to identify the reason for the miscommunication.</p>
<p>6. one of the best way to be aware of cultural information is common proverbs in the target language. They will focus on how the proverbs and different from or similar to proverbs in their own language.</p>
<p>7. talks and discussions may be suitable for giving information to students about culture in classes.</p>
<p>8. an effective way for students to learn about target language and culture is to speak in an authentic way. For example, they can call a hotel and get some information about rooms, facilities…..</p>
<p><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>
<p>Understanding the nature of the relationship between language and culture is central to the process of learning another language. In actual language use, it is not the case that it is only the forms of language that convey meaning. It is language in its culture context that creates meaning: creating and interpreting meaning is done within a cultural framework.</p>
<p>Learning to communicate in an additional language involves developing and awareness of the ways in which culture interrelates with language whenever it is used.</p>
<p>Taking an inter cultural perspective in language teaching and learning involves more than developing knowledge of other people and places. It means that all human beings are shaped by their cultures and that communicating across cultures involves accepting both one&#8217;s own culturally conditioned nature and that of others and the ways in which these are at play in communication.</p>
<p>To get this goal, teachers and learners should play their effective role in the classrooms. The effective techniques were introduced to the learners in the text.</p>
<p>On the other hand, teachers must allow students to observe and explore cultural interactions from their own perspectives to enable them to find their own voices in the language speech community. In fact, without the study of culture, teaching foreign language is inaccurate and incomplete.</p>
<p><strong>References</strong></p>
<p>Bada, E.  (2000), culture in ELT. Cukurova University Journal of social sciences</p>
<p>Brook, Robert , E, (1991), writing and sense of self: identity Negotiation in writing workshop. National council of teachers of English.</p>
<p>Byram, M., fleming, M.(editors)1998. Language learning in intercultural perspective. Cambridge University Press.</p>
<p>Byram, M., Esarte-Sarries, V., Taylor, E. &amp; Allat 1991, ‘Young people’s perceptions of the other culture’. In D. Buttjes &amp; M. Byram (eds), Mediating languages and cultures, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.</p>
<p>Good, T., Sockalingam, S., Brown, M.,&amp; Jones, W.A planner&#8217;s guide …infusing principles, content and themes related to cultural and linguistic competence in to meanings and conferences. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Center for Child and Human Development, national center for Cultural competence. Retrieved October 28, 2003, from www.georgetown.edu/research/gucdc/nccc/ncccplannersguid.html</p>
<p>Gardner, Robert C., and Wallace Lambert, 1972. Attitudes and motivation in second language learning. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House.</p>
<p>Herron,C.,Cole, S, P., Corrie, C.,&amp; Dubreil, S.(1999). The effectiveness of video-based curriculum in teaching culture. The Modern Language Journal.</p>
<p>Hinkel, Eli, (2006), culture in second language teaching and learning</p>
<p>Kiato, k(2000). Teaching culture in foreign language instruction in the united states. Online documents in URL.</p>
<p>Kordes, H. 1991 ‘Intercultural learning at school: limits and possibilities’</p>
<p>Kramsch, c(1993) context and culture in language teaching. Oxford University Press.</p>
<p>Kramsch, C. 1991, ‘Culture in language learning: a view from the United States’. In K. de Bot, R. Ginsberg &amp; C. Kramsch (eds), Foreign language research in a cross-cultural perspective, Amsterdam</p>
<p>Lado, L,. (1957), linguistic across culture: Applied linguistics for language teachers, University of Michigan Press.</p>
<p>National Standard in Foreign Language Education Project. (1996). Standard for foreign language learning in the 21st century. Yonkers, NY: Author.</p>
<p>Robinston-Stuart, G., &amp; Nocon, H. (1996). Second culture acquisition: Ethnography in the foreign language classroom. Modern Language Journal, 80, 431-449. The authors report on a study in which students were trained in.</p>
<p>Robinson,G.(1978) the magic carpet-ride-to-another-culture syndrome: an international perspective foreign language Annals.</p>
<p>Seelye(1994), teaching culture: strategies for intercultural communication Lincolnwood, IL:National text book company.</p>
<p>Sysoyev, P. V. &amp; Donelson L. R. (2002). Teaching Cultural Identity through Modern Language: Discourse as a Marker of an Individual’s Cultural Identity. Online documents at URL http://www.actr.org/JER/issue4/11.htm. [27.06.2004]</p>
<p>Tomlin, B.&amp; Stempleski, S.1993. Cultural awareness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.</p>
<p>Vygotsky, H.,(1978), mind in society: the development of higher psych-logical process, comb,MA: Harvard University Press.</p>
<p><strong>**ELTWeekly</strong> would like to thank <strong>Mahsa Kia</strong> for contributing this article.</p>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="#36, Research Article: &amp;#8216;Language and Culture&amp;#8217; by Mahsa Kia" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-research-article-language-and-culture-by-mahsa-kia/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-10-03 10:10:42" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abstract&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Culture is the act of developing the intellectual and moral faculties especially by education.(Webster dictionary)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The national centre for cultural competence defines culture as an&amp;#8221; integrated pattern of human behavior that includes thoughts, communications, languages, practices, beliefs, values, customs, courtesies, rituals, manners of interacting and roles, relationships and expected behaviors of racial, ethnic, religious or social group; and the ability to transmit the above to the succeeding generation.(Good,Sockalingam,Brown&amp;amp;Jones,2000)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;It is emergent to language learners to be aware of the culturally appropriate ways to address people, express gratitude, make requests, and agree or disagree with someone. Behaviors and intonation patterns that are appropriate in their own speech community may be perceived differently by the members of the target language. As a matter of fact, language use must be associated with other culturally appropriate behavior.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;This paper concerns with the culture in relation with language teaching and learning. In addition, it focuses on the role of the learners and teachers to be effective ones and develop their cultural competence.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The necessity of culture in language learning&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;To speak a language well, one has to be able to think in that language, and thought is extremely powerful. A person&amp;#8217;s mind is in the centre of his identity, so if a person thinks in French, one might say that he has, in a way, almost taken on a French identity. That is the power and the essence of a language. Language is culture. Language is the soul of the country and people who speak it.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;It is clear that the terminology used by a culture primarily reflects that culture&amp;#8217;s interests and concerns. For instance, Indians in Canada&amp;#8217;s north west territories typically have at least 13 terms for different types and conditions of snow, while most non-skiing native southern Californians use only 2 terms –ice and snow. That does not mean that the English language has 2 terms. Quite the contrary, there are many more English words that refer to different states of frozen water, such as blizzard, dusting, flurry, frost,… the point is that these terms are rarely if ever used by people living in a tropical or subtropical regions because they rarely encounter frozen water in any form other than ice cubes.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;On the other hand, without the study of culture, teaching second language is inaccurate and incomplete. For L2 students, language study seems senseless if they know nothing about the people who speak the target language or the country in which the target language is spoken. Acquiring a new language means a lot more than the manipulation of syntax and lexicon. According to Bada(2000,101)&amp;#8221;the need for cultural literacy in ELT arises mainly from the fact that most language learners, not exposed to cultural elements of the society in question, seem to encounter significant hardship in communicating meaning to native speaker.&amp;#8221;Moreover, nowadays the L2 culture is presented as an interdisciplinary core in many L2 curricula designs and textbooks.(Sysoyev&amp;amp;Donelson2002)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Socio-cultural theory:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The social process of interaction (through language, as well as other systems and tools such as gestures, narratives, technologies) mediates the construction of knowledge and leads to the individual&amp;#8217;s development of a framework for making sense of experience that is congruent with the cultural system in which the learner and learning are located. It is through this social and cultural process that students are socialized to act, communicate and be in ways that are culturally appropriate to the groups in which they participate to as members, and through which identities are formed.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Within socio-cultural theories, development occurs twice: firstly in the process of social interaction (that is, on an interpersonal plane) and then within the mind of the individual (that is on an intrapersonal plane). Language is integral to learning in that it is the major means by which we make and share meanings with ourselves and with others, and by which we negotiate social relationships and social values. It is language that makes it possible for people to objectify and conceptualize themselves in the world- to give names to experiences, and make sense of the environment, objects, experiences, events and interactions. In short, language is central to the process of conceiving meaning, which is integral to learning.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The socio-cultural perspective on second language learning, based on the work of  Vygotsky(1978) highlights that all learning, including language learning, is based on social interaction with more proficient others, on an interpersonal and intrapersonal plane as described above. Through the concept of the zone of the proximal development, it highlights that language learning is developmental. The characteristic of prior knowledge is very important. It recognizes that new learning is built on prior learning- that is, the ideas and concepts that students bring to learning. Teachers work with these preconceptions in order to facilitate learning.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Motivation: the effect of motivation in the study of L2 has been proved by experts like Gardner and Lambert(1959,1965,1972). In achieving high motivation, culture classes does have a great roles because learners like culturally based activities such as singing, dancing, role playing, doing research on countries and people, etc. The study of culture increases learners&amp;#8217; not only curiosity about and interest the target countries but also their motivation. For example, when some professors introduced the cultures of the L2s they taught, the learner&amp;#8217;s interests in those classes increased a lot and the classes based on cultured become to be preferred to more highly than traditional Classes.(kiato,2000)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Communicative competence in L2: Culture enhances communicative competence in L2. Cultural competence falls in the category of pragmatic aspect of communicative of the members of a culture, and thus behaves in a way that would be understood by members of the culture in the intended way. It, therefore, involves understanding of all aspects of a culture, but particularly the social structure, the values and beliefs of the people and the way things are assumed to be done. Lado (1957) argued that lack of cultural competence in the target language would surely lead to transfer from the native language. Consequently L2 students would express idiosyncratic utterances leading to inappropriate utterances even through the grammatical structures may be appropriate.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The process of teaching&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Teaching a language is not giving some information about the structure, vocabulary, idiom and linguistics, but it should include cultural points.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The study of culture should begin on the very first day of class and should continue every day there after. From the first day of class teachers should have prepared a cultural island in their classrooms. Posters, pictures, maps and signs are essential in helping students develop a mental image. Assigning students foreign names from the first day can heighten student interest. Short presentations on a topic of interest with appropriate pictures or slides add to this mental image. Start student off by making them aware of the influence of various foreign cultures in this country. Introduce students to the borrowed words in the language or the place-names of our country.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Byram (1989,42) points out that the cultural experiences that teachers can provide for the learners in the tutored setting are, at best, vicarious and argues that it would be misguided to teach as if learners can acquire  foreign cultural concepts, values and behaviors, as if they were a tabula rasa.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Teachers must allow students to observe and explore cultural interactions from their own perspectives to enable them to find their own voices in the second language speech community.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;According to Tomalin &amp;amp; Stempleski(1993:7-8), there are seven goals of cultural instructions:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;1.to help students to develop an understanding of the fact that all people exhibit culturally-conditioned behaviors.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;2.to help students to develop an understanding that social variables such as age, sex, social class, and place of residence influence the ways in which people speak and behave.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;3.to help student to become more aware of conventional behavior in common situations in target language.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;4.to help students to increase their awareness of the cultural connotations of words and phrases in the target language.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;5.to help students to develop their ability to evaluate and refine generalizations about the target culture, in terms of supporting evidence.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;6. to help students to develop the necessary skills to locate the organize information about the target culture.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;7.to stimulate students&amp;#8217; intellectual curiosity about the target culture, and to encourage empathy towards its people.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Nelson Brooks has identified five meanings of culture: growth; refinement; fine arts; patterns of living&amp;#8217; and the total way of life. He believes that patterns of living should receive the major emphasis in the classroom. It is patterns of living that are the least understood, meaning of culture as culture 4 and defines it as follows:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;&amp;#8220;Culture 4 (patterns of living) refers to the individuals&amp;#8217; role unending kaleidoscope of life situations of every kind and the rules and models for attitude and conduct in them.  By reference to these models, every human being, from infancy onward, justifies the world to himself as best he can, associates with those around him, and relates to the social order to which he is attached.&amp;#8217;(Brooks 1991,210)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;From the point of view of language instruction, culture 4 can be divided into formal culture and deep structure. Formal culture, sometimes referred to as &amp;#8220;culture with a capital C&amp;#8221;, includes the humanistic manifestations and contributions of a foreign culture: art; music; literature; architecture; technology; politic. However, with this way of looking at culture, we often lose sight of the individual.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Deep structure, or &amp;#8220;culture with small c&amp;#8221;, focuses on the behavioral patterns or lifestyles of the people: when and what they eat; how they make a living; the attitudes they express towards friends and members of their families; which expressions show approval or disapproval. In this sense, culture is a body of ready- made solutions to the problems encountered by the group. It is a cushion between man and his environment. If we provide our students only with a list of facts of history or geography and a list of lexical items, we have not provided them with an intimate view of what life is really like in the target culture.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Kordes(1991,288) reports that after 3 years of French study, including time in country one third of 112 students in a sixth German Oberstufe remained monocultural, small minority at level of transculturation, in which they achieved some degree of identification with the foreign culture. Recognizing that cultural proficiency may be more difficult to assess than linguistic proficiency, Kramsch (1991,220) notes that even in the case of study-abroad experiences, the evidence pointing to the development of cross-cultural understanding or cross-cultural personality development is lacking. According to Kramsch (1993,234) even individuals who immigrate to a new country and spend the remainder of their lives as active participants in the new cultural setting often report the feeling of not&amp;#8221; really to the host culture,&amp;#8221; but of being situated on its borders.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Byram (1991,19) for one, believes that the goal of culture instruction can not be to replicate the socialization process experienced by natives of the culture, but to develop intercultural understanding. Kordes(1991,302) expresses a similar view in claiming that even though a foreign language, intercultural learning is feasible to at least some degree. Kramsch (1993) proposes that in the classroom setting it is possible to foster the formation of what she calls a third culture conceived of as the intersection of multiple discourses rather than as a reified body of information to be intellectualized and remembered. Robinson-Stuart and Nocon (1996) present the results of a classroom study that shows that it is possible for learners to develop positive attitudes toward the cultural perspective of members of different speech communities as a result of an instructional program that brings learners into meaningful interaction with members of the second culture.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;The role of the learner&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Necessarily, students can not master the language unless they have mastered the cultural contexts in which the language occurs.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Effective communication more than a matter of language proficiency, but successful communication hardly ever takes place unless second language users have obtained a kind of cultural competency of the language they use. One&amp;#8217;s meaningful cross-cultural communication depends on the achievement of abilities to understand different modes of thinking and living, as they are embodied in the language to be learnt, and to merge and mediate between different modes present in any specific interaction. This mode of understanding can be labeled as &amp;#8216;intercultural communicative competence.&amp;#8217;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Through intercultural language learning, students engage with and learn to understand and interpret human communication and interaction in increasingly sophisticated ways. They do both as participants in communication and as observers who notice, describe, analyze and interpret ideas, experiences and feeling shared when communicating with others. In doing so, they engage with interpreting their own and others meanings, with each experience of participation and reflection leading to a greater awareness of self in relation to others. The ongoing interactive exchange of meanings, and the reflection on both the meanings exchanged and the process of interaction, are an integral part of life in our world. As such, intercultural language learning is best understood not as something to be added to teaching and learning but rather something that is integral to the interactions that already (and inevitably) takes place in the classroom and beyond.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Language learners need to be aware, for example, of the culturally appropriate ways for addressing people, greetings, expressing needs, and agree or disagree with someone. They should know that behaviors and intonation patterns that are appropriate in their own speech community may be perceived differently by members of the target language speech community. They have to understand that, in order for communication to be successful, language use must be associated with other culturally appropriate behavior.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;If learners are particularly lucky, they get a chance to a foreign country to immerse themselves in the culture of the country.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;However, most of the learners have no chance to spend time in a foreign country: therefore, learners should do some useful techniques:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;1.it is very effective to contact with native speakers of the language in some classes.(native teachers)&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;2. they can find some culturally similarities and differences between their language and target language and discuss this with their classmates.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;3.it is necessary to work with authentic materials of the target language:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Films: films offer learners a chance to observe behaviors which are not in texts.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;It is possible to watch, feelings, gestures, behaviors.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Internet: via the internet, we can easily search anything any time.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Newspapers and magazine: newspapers offer daily news. They are the best sources to connect learners with language and culture such as, interviews and advertisements.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;4.learners can study the history and identity of the people of the language and get familiar with their customs and way of thinking.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;5. the role-play must take place after an exposure to authentic conversation in a classroom. They observe the role play and try to identify the reason for the miscommunication.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;6. one of the best way to be aware of cultural information is common proverbs in the target language. They will focus on how the proverbs and different from or similar to proverbs in their own language.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;7. talks and discussions may be suitable for giving information to students about culture in classes.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;8. an effective way for students to learn about target language and culture is to speak in an authentic way. For example, they can call a hotel and get some information about rooms, facilities…..&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Conclusion:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Understanding the nature of the relationship between language and culture is central to the process of learning another language. In actual language use, it is not the case that it is only the forms of language that convey meaning. It is language in its culture context that creates meaning: creating and interpreting meaning is done within a cultural framework.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Learning to communicate in an additional language involves developing and awareness of the ways in which culture interrelates with language whenever it is used.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Taking an intercultural perspective in language teaching and learning involves more than developing knowledge of other people and places. It means that all human beings are shaped by their cultures and that communicating across cultures involves accepting both one&amp;#8217;s own culturally conditioned nature and that of others and the ways in which these are at play in communication.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;To get this goal, teachers and learners should play their effective role in the classrooms. The effective techniques were introduced to the learners in the text.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;On the other hand, teachers must allow students to observe and explore cultural interactions from their own perspectives to enable them to find their own voices in the language speech community. In fact, without the study of culture, teaching foreign language is inaccurate and incomplete.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;References:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Bada, E.  (2000), culture in ELT. Cukurova University Journal of social sciences&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Brook, Robert , E, (1991), writing and sense of self: identity Negotiation in writing workshop. National council of teachers of English.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Byram, M., fleming, M.(editors)1998. Language learning in intercultural perspective. Cambridge University Press.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Byram, M., Esarte-Sarries, V., Taylor, E. &amp;amp; Allat 1991, ‘Young people’s perceptions of the other culture’. In D. Buttjes &amp;amp; M. Byram (eds), Mediating languages and cultures, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Good, T., Sockalingam, S., Brown, M.,&amp;amp; Jones, W.A planner&amp;#8217;s guide …infusing principles, content and themes related to cultural and linguistic competence in to meanings and conferences. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Center for Child and Human Development, national center for Cultural competence. Retrieved October 28, 2003, from www.georgetown.edu/research/gucdc/nccc/ncccplannersguid.html&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Gardner, Robert C., and Wallace Lambert, 1972. Attitudes and motivation in second language learning. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Herron,C.,Cole, S, P., Corrie, C.,&amp;amp; Dubreil, S.(1999). The effectiveness of video-based curriculum in teaching culture. The Modern Language Journal.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Hinkel, Eli, (2006), culture in second language teaching and learning&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Kiato, k(2000). Teaching culture in foreign language instruction in the united states. Online documents in URL.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Kordes, H. 1991 ‘Intercultural learning at school: limits and possibilities’&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Kramsch, c(1993) context and culture in language teaching. Oxford University Press.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Kramsch, C. 1991, ‘Culture in language learning: a view from the United States’. In K. de Bot, R. Ginsberg &amp;amp; C. Kramsch (eds), Foreign language research in a cross-cultural perspective, Amsterdam&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Lado, L,. (1957), linguistic across culture: Applied linguistics for language teachers, University of Michigan Press.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;National Standard in Foreign Language Education Project. (1996). Standard for foreign language learning in the 21st century. Yonkers, NY: Author.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Robinston-Stuart, G., &amp;amp; Nocon, H. (1996). Second culture acquisition: Ethnography in the foreign language classroom. Modern Language Journal, 80, 431-449. The authors report on a study in which students were trained in.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Robinson,G.(1978) the magic carpet-ride-to-another-culture syndrome: an international perspective foreign language Annals.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Seelye(1994), teaching culture: strategies for intercultural communication Lincolnwood, IL:National text book company.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Sysoyev, P. V. &amp;amp; Donelson L. R. (2002). Teaching Cultural Identity through Modern Language: Discourse as a Marker of an Individual’s Cultural Identity. Online documents at URL http://www.actr.org/JER/issue4/11.htm. [27.06.2004]&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Tomlin, B.&amp;amp; Stempleski, S.1993. Cultural awareness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;Vygotsky, H.,(1978), mind in society: the development of higher psych-logical process, comb,MA: Harvard University Press.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;_mcePaste&quot; style=&quot;position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: hidden;&quot;&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Language and Culture &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;by&lt;strong&gt; Mahsa Kia&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Culture is the act of developing the intellectual and moral faculties especially by education.(Webster dictionary)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The national centre for cultural competence defines culture as an&amp;#8221; integrated pattern of human behavior that includes thoughts, communications, languages, practices, beliefs, values, customs, courtesies, rituals, manners of interacting and roles, relationships and expected behaviors of racial, ethnic, religious or social group; and the ability to transmit the above to the succeeding generation.(Good,Sockalingam,Brown&amp;amp;Jones,2000)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is emergent to language learners to be aware of the culturally appropriate ways to address people, express gratitude, make requests, and agree or disagree with someone. Behaviors and intonation patterns that are appropriate in their own speech community may be perceived differently by the members of the target language. As a matter of fact, language use must be associated with other culturally appropriate behavior.&lt;span id=&quot;more-509&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This paper concerns with the culture in relation with language teaching and learning. In addition, it focuses on the role of the learners and teachers to be effective ones and develop their cultural competence.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The necessity of culture in language learning&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To speak a language well, one has to be able to think in that language, and thought is extremely powerful. A person&amp;#8217;s mind is in the centre of his identity, so if a person thinks in French, one might say that he has, in a way, almost taken on a French identity. That is the power and the essence of a language. Language is culture. Language is the soul of the country and people who speak it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is clear that the terminology used by a culture primarily reflects that culture&amp;#8217;s interests and concerns. For instance, Indians in Canada&amp;#8217;s north west territories typically have at least 13 terms for different types and conditions of snow, while most non-skiing native southern Californians use only 2 terms –ice and snow. That does not mean that the English language has 2 terms. Quite the contrary, there are many more English words that refer to different states of frozen water, such as blizzard, dusting, flurry, frost,… the point is that these terms are rarely if ever used by people living in a tropical or subtropical regions because they rarely encounter frozen water in any form other than ice cubes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, without the study of culture, teaching second language is inaccurate and incomplete. For L2 students, language study seems senseless if they know nothing about the people who speak the target language or the country in which the target language is spoken. Acquiring a new language means a lot more than the manipulation of syntax and lexicon. According to Bada(2000,101)&amp;#8221;the need for cultural literacy in ELT arises mainly from the fact that most language learners, not exposed to cultural elements of the society in question, seem to encounter significant hardship in communicating meaning to native speaker.&amp;#8221;Moreover, nowadays the L2 culture is presented as an interdisciplinary core in many L2 curricula designs and textbooks.(Sysoyev&amp;amp;Donelson2002)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Socio-cultural theory&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The social process of interaction (through language, as well as other systems and tools such as gestures, narratives, technologies) mediates the construction of knowledge and leads to the individual&amp;#8217;s development of a framework for making sense of experience that is congruent with the cultural system in which the learner and learning are located. It is through this social and cultural process that students are socialized to act, communicate and be in ways that are culturally appropriate to the groups in which they participate to as members, and through which identities are formed.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Within socio-cultural theories, development occurs twice: firstly in the process of social interaction (that is, on an interpersonal plane) and then within the mind of the individual (that is on an intrapersonal plane). Language is integral to learning in that it is the major means by which we make and share meanings with ourselves and with others, and by which we negotiate social relationships and social values. It is language that makes it possible for people to objectify and conceptualize themselves in the world- to give names to experiences, and make sense of the environment, objects, experiences, events and interactions. In short, language is central to the process of conceiving meaning, which is integral to learning.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The socio-cultural perspective on second language learning, based on the work of  Vygotsky(1978) highlights that all learning, including language learning, is based on social interaction with more proficient others, on an interpersonal and intrapersonal plane as described above. Through the concept of the zone of the proximal development, it highlights that language learning is developmental. The characteristic of prior knowledge is very important. It recognizes that new learning is built on prior learning- that is, the ideas and concepts that students bring to learning. Teachers work with these preconceptions in order to facilitate learning.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Motivation: the effect of motivation in the study of L2 has been proved by experts like Gardner and Lambert(1959,1965,1972). In achieving high motivation, culture classes does have a great roles because learners like culturally based activities such as singing, dancing, role playing, doing research on countries and people, etc. The study of culture increases learners&amp;#8217; not only curiosity about and interest the target countries but also their motivation. For example, when some professors introduced the cultures of the L2s they taught, the learner&amp;#8217;s interests in those classes increased a lot and the classes based on cultured become to be preferred to more highly than traditional Classes.(kiato,2000)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Communicative competence in L2: Culture enhances communicative competence in L2. Cultural competence falls in the category of pragmatic aspect of communicative of the members of a culture, and thus behaves in a way that would be understood by members of the culture in the intended way. It, therefore, involves understanding of all aspects of a culture, but particularly the social structure, the values and beliefs of the people and the way things are assumed to be done. Lado (1957) argued that lack of cultural competence in the target language would surely lead to transfer from the native language. Consequently L2 students would express idiosyncratic utterances leading to inappropriate utterances even through the grammatical structures may be appropriate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The process of teaching&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Teaching a language is not giving some information about the structure, vocabulary, idiom and linguistics, but it should include cultural points.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The study of culture should begin on the very first day of class and should continue every day there after. From the first day of class teachers should have prepared a cultural island in their classrooms. Posters, pictures, maps and signs are essential in helping students develop a mental image. Assigning students foreign names from the first day can heighten student interest. Short presentations on a topic of interest with appropriate pictures or slides add to this mental image. Start student off by making them aware of the influence of various foreign cultures in this country. Introduce students to the borrowed words in the language or the place-names of our country.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Byram (1989,42) points out that the cultural experiences that teachers can provide for the learners in the tutored setting are, at best, vicarious and argues that it would be misguided to teach as if learners can acquire  foreign cultural concepts, values and behaviors, as if they were a tabula rasa.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Teachers must allow students to observe and explore cultural interactions from their own perspectives to enable them to find their own voices in the second language speech community.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;According to Tomalin &amp;amp; Stempleski(1993:7-8), there are seven goals of cultural instructions:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;1.to help students to develop an understanding of the fact that all people exhibit culturally-conditioned behaviors.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;2.to help students to develop an understanding that social variables such as age, sex, social class, and place of residence influence the ways in which people speak and behave.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;3.to help student to become more aware of conventional behavior in common situations in target language.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;4.to help students to increase their awareness of the cultural connotations of words and phrases in the target language.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;5.to help students to develop their ability to evaluate and refine generalizations about the target culture, in terms of supporting evidence.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;6. to help students to develop the necessary skills to locate the organize information about the target culture.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;7.to stimulate students&amp;#8217; intellectual curiosity about the target culture, and to encourage empathy towards its people.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nelson Brooks has identified five meanings of culture: growth; refinement; fine arts; patterns of living&amp;#8217; and the total way of life. He believes that patterns of living should receive the major emphasis in the classroom. It is patterns of living that are the least understood, meaning of culture as culture 4 and defines it as follows:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&amp;#8220;Culture 4 (patterns of living) refers to the individuals&amp;#8217; role unending kaleidoscope of life situations of every kind and the rules and models for attitude and conduct in them.  By reference to these models, every human being, from infancy onward, justifies the world to himself as best he can, associates with those around him, and relates to the social order to which he is attached.&amp;#8217;(Brooks 1991,210)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the point of view of language instruction, culture 4 can be divided into formal culture and deep structure. Formal culture, sometimes referred to as &amp;#8220;culture with a capital C&amp;#8221;, includes the humanistic manifestations and contributions of a foreign culture: art; music; literature; architecture; technology; politic. However, with this way of looking at culture, we often lose sight of the individual.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Deep structure, or &amp;#8220;culture with small c&amp;#8221;, focuses on the behavioral patterns or lifestyles of the people: when and what they eat; how they make a living; the attitudes they express towards friends and members of their families; which expressions show approval or disapproval. In this sense, culture is a body of ready- made solutions to the problems encountered by the group. It is a cushion between man and his environment. If we provide our students only with a list of facts of history or geography and a list of lexical items, we have not provided them with an intimate view of what life is really like in the target culture.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kordes (1991,288) reports that after 3 years of French study, including time in country one third of 112 students in a sixth German Oberstufe remained monocultural, small minority at level of transculturation, in which they achieved some degree of identification with the foreign culture. Recognizing that cultural proficiency may be more difficult to assess than linguistic proficiency, Kramsch (1991,220) notes that even in the case of study-abroad experiences, the evidence pointing to the development of cross-cultural understanding or cross-cultural personality development is lacking. According to Kramsch (1993,234) even individuals who immigrate to a new country and spend the remainder of their lives as active participants in the new cultural setting often report the feeling of not&amp;#8221; really to the host culture,&amp;#8221; but of being situated on its borders.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Byram (1991,19) for one, believes that the goal of culture instruction can not be to replicate the socialization process experienced by natives of the culture, but to develop intercultural understanding. Kordes(1991,302) expresses a similar view in claiming that even though a foreign language, intercultural learning is feasible to at least some degree. Kramsch (1993) proposes that in the classroom setting it is possible to foster the formation of what she calls a third culture conceived of as the intersection of multiple discourses rather than as a reified body of information to be intellectualized and remembered. Robinson-Stuart and Nocon (1996) present the results of a classroom study that shows that it is possible for learners to develop positive attitudes toward the cultural perspective of members of different speech communities as a result of an instructional program that brings learners into meaningful interaction with members of the second culture.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The role of the learner &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Necessarily, students can not master the language unless they have mastered the cultural contexts in which the language occurs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Effective communication more than a matter of language proficiency, but successful communication hardly ever takes place unless second language users have obtained a kind of cultural competency of the language they use. One&amp;#8217;s meaningful cross-cultural communication depends on the achievement of abilities to understand different modes of thinking and living, as they are embodied in the language to be learnt, and to merge and mediate between different modes present in any specific interaction. This mode of understanding can be labeled as &amp;#8216;intercultural communicative competence.&amp;#8217;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Through intercultural language learning, students engage with and learn to understand and interpret human communication and interaction in increasingly sophisticated ways. They do both as participants in communication and as observers who notice, describe, analyze and interpret ideas, experiences and feeling shared when communicating with others. In doing so, they engage with interpreting their own and others meanings, with each experience of participation and reflection leading to a greater awareness of self in relation to others. The ongoing interactive exchange of meanings, and the reflection on both the meanings exchanged and the process of interaction, are an integral part of life in our world. As such, intercultural language learning is best understood not as something to be added to teaching and learning but rather something that is integral to the interactions that already (and inevitably) takes place in the classroom and beyond.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Language learners need to be aware, for example, of the culturally appropriate ways for addressing people, greetings, expressing needs, and agree or disagree with someone. They should know that behaviors and intonation patterns that are appropriate in their own speech community may be perceived differently by members of the target language speech community. They have to understand that, in order for communication to be successful, language use must be associated with other culturally appropriate behavior.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If learners are particularly lucky, they get a chance to a foreign country to immerse themselves in the culture of the country.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, most of the learners have no chance to spend time in a foreign country: therefore, learners should do some useful techniques:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;1.it is very effective to contact with native speakers of the language in some classes.(native teachers)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;2. they can find some culturally similarities and differences between their language and target language and discuss this with their classmates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;3.it is necessary to work with authentic materials of the target language:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Films: films offer learners a chance to observe behaviors which are not in texts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is possible to watch, feelings, gestures, behaviors.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Internet: via the internet, we can easily search anything any time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Newspapers and magazine: newspapers offer daily news. They are the best sources to connect learners with language and culture such as, interviews and advertisements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;4.learners can study the history and identity of the people of the language and get familiar with their customs and way of thinking.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;5. the role-play must take place after an exposure to authentic conversation in a classroom. They observe the role play and try to identify the reason for the miscommunication.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;6. one of the best way to be aware of cultural information is common proverbs in the target language. They will focus on how the proverbs and different from or similar to proverbs in their own language.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;7. talks and discussions may be suitable for giving information to students about culture in classes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;8. an effective way for students to learn about target language and culture is to speak in an authentic way. For example, they can call a hotel and get some information about rooms, facilities…..&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Understanding the nature of the relationship between language and culture is central to the process of learning another language. In actual language use, it is not the case that it is only the forms of language that convey meaning. It is language in its culture context that creates meaning: creating and interpreting meaning is done within a cultural framework.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Learning to communicate in an additional language involves developing and awareness of the ways in which culture interrelates with language whenever it is used.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taking an inter cultural perspective in language teaching and learning involves more than developing knowledge of other people and places. It means that all human beings are shaped by their cultures and that communicating across cultures involves accepting both one&amp;#8217;s own culturally conditioned nature and that of others and the ways in which these are at play in communication.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To get this goal, teachers and learners should play their effective role in the classrooms. The effective techniques were introduced to the learners in the text.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, teachers must allow students to observe and explore cultural interactions from their own perspectives to enable them to find their own voices in the language speech community. In fact, without the study of culture, teaching foreign language is inaccurate and incomplete.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bada, E.  (2000), culture in ELT. Cukurova University Journal of social sciences&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brook, Robert , E, (1991), writing and sense of self: identity Negotiation in writing workshop. National council of teachers of English.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Byram, M., fleming, M.(editors)1998. Language learning in intercultural perspective. Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Byram, M., Esarte-Sarries, V., Taylor, E. &amp;amp; Allat 1991, ‘Young people’s perceptions of the other culture’. In D. Buttjes &amp;amp; M. Byram (eds), Mediating languages and cultures, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Good, T., Sockalingam, S., Brown, M.,&amp;amp; Jones, W.A planner&amp;#8217;s guide …infusing principles, content and themes related to cultural and linguistic competence in to meanings and conferences. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Center for Child and Human Development, national center for Cultural competence. Retrieved October 28, 2003, from www.georgetown.edu/research/gucdc/nccc/ncccplannersguid.html&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gardner, Robert C., and Wallace Lambert, 1972. Attitudes and motivation in second language learning. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Herron,C.,Cole, S, P., Corrie, C.,&amp;amp; Dubreil, S.(1999). The effectiveness of video-based curriculum in teaching culture. The Modern Language Journal.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hinkel, Eli, (2006), culture in second language teaching and learning&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kiato, k(2000). Teaching culture in foreign language instruction in the united states. Online documents in URL.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kordes, H. 1991 ‘Intercultural learning at school: limits and possibilities’&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kramsch, c(1993) context and culture in language teaching. Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kramsch, C. 1991, ‘Culture in language learning: a view from the United States’. In K. de Bot, R. Ginsberg &amp;amp; C. Kramsch (eds), Foreign language research in a cross-cultural perspective, Amsterdam&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lado, L,. (1957), linguistic across culture: Applied linguistics for language teachers, University of Michigan Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;National Standard in Foreign Language Education Project. (1996). Standard for foreign language learning in the 21st century. Yonkers, NY: Author.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robinston-Stuart, G., &amp;amp; Nocon, H. (1996). Second culture acquisition: Ethnography in the foreign language classroom. Modern Language Journal, 80, 431-449. The authors report on a study in which students were trained in.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robinson,G.(1978) the magic carpet-ride-to-another-culture syndrome: an international perspective foreign language Annals.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seelye(1994), teaching culture: strategies for intercultural communication Lincolnwood, IL:National text book company.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sysoyev, P. V. &amp;amp; Donelson L. R. (2002). Teaching Cultural Identity through Modern Language: Discourse as a Marker of an Individual’s Cultural Identity. Online documents at URL http://www.actr.org/JER/issue4/11.htm. [27.06.2004]&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tomlin, B.&amp;amp; Stempleski, S.1993. Cultural awareness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vygotsky, H.,(1978), mind in society: the development of higher psych-logical process, comb,MA: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;**ELTWeekly&lt;/strong&gt; would like to thank &lt;strong&gt;Mahsa Kia&lt;/strong&gt; for contributing this article.&lt;/p&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="Create PDF"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="Create PDF" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-research-article-language-and-culture-by-mahsa-kia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>#36, Interview with Dr. Atanu Bhattacharya</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-interview-with-dr-atanu-bhattacharya/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-interview-with-dr-atanu-bhattacharya/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2009 05:03:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#36]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tarun Patel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT in ELT]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=502</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Hi friends, today we have with us Dr. Atanu Bhattacharya, a dynamic English Language Teacher working with H M Patel Institute of English Training &#38; Research, Vallabh Vidyanagar &#8211; Gujarat as a Reader.
On his credit Dr. Bhattacharya has several research papers focusing on English Literature and use of ICT in ELT. He has conducted various [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Hi friends, today we have with us Dr. Atanu Bhattacharya, a dynamic English Language Teacher working with H M Patel Institute of English Training &amp; Research, Vallabh Vidyanagar &#8211; Gujarat as a Reader.</p>
<p><img class="alignleft" title="Atanu Bhattacharya" src="http://profile.ak.fbcdn.net/v229/57/48/s1371901998_4020.jpg" alt="" width="100" height="133" />On his credit Dr. Bhattacharya has several research papers focusing on English Literature and use of ICT in ELT. He has conducted various seminars and workshops on integration of Technology in ELT.</p>
<p>His words are definitely going to bring in some learning <img src='http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p>So, here is the interview:</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> Hello Sir, welcome to ELTWeekly <img src='http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> Hi Tarun, thanks for inviting me on board.<span id="more-502"></span></p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> Sir, How long have you been teaching English in India?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> Since 1997, that is about, 12 years now.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> Why did you decide to become an English language teacher?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> Choice, primarily but also because I always found the subject interesting. However, I was not an English language teacher to begin with. I started my career teaching literature. However, it would be utterly wrong to distinguish between the two since one cannot exist without the other.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> Which writer / researcher has had the most influence over the way you understand learning and teaching?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya: </strong>Many of them to begin with. I was very interested in theory and the earliest theorists that I was influenced by were Michel Foucault and Roland Barthes. Later, I got interested in Jean-Francois Lyotard, and Deleuze and Guattari as well as Jean Baudrillard – all postmodern theorists. In the field of ELT, MAK Halliday, Widdowson, Michael McCarthy and Ronald Carter were major influences.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> How did you find your first teaching job?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> I applied for it and got selected to teach in a Government College in a small and remote town in Arunachal Pradesh called Tezu. It was quite interesting (I mean the place) and I really enjoyed my stay there since I did not have much to teach(: The place was beautiful surrounded by snow-capped mountains.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> What are the major challenges for an English teacher while teaching in Gujarat /     India?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> Depends on where you are teaching. In an urban set-up, I guess that you would get students who would have the basic competence in the language. In rural areas, you need to start with the language itself. And, of course, there is this great divide between literature and language in most of our formal education system where students get a degree called BA in English but there is hardly any English that is taught to them except some heavy doses of canonical English literature. The challenge for the teacher is to bridge the gap that exists between these two. Thankfully, it is reducing now.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> What have you learned from being an English teacher?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> Many things but the most important one being ‘Never underestimate your students since they are much better than you are’</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> What advice would you give to someone thinking of becoming an English teacher?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> The road ahead is difficult but with perseverance and love and dedication and commitment nothing can not be done. It sounds a bit of a cliché but the feeling that you get when you have achieved that one success is indescribable.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> What most interests you about ELT at the moment?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> Use of technology to enhance language learning. We can no more ignore it and keep it out of our classrooms.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> How do you see the role of the EL teacher evolving over the next 5 &#8211; 10 years?</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> To begin with, the teachers would have to be equipped with the use of technology since we would soon have classes where the students are better equipped than teachers technologically speaking. Secondly, the methods of teaching have to be upgraded to be in tune with recent developments in language teaching.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> Please share some tips on becoming a ‘better’ English teacher.</p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> The role of the teacher needs to be shifted from a knowledge-provider to a knowledge-facilitator. Students need to speak more in the classroom since that is exactly where learning takes place. Using, therefore, pair or group interactive activities should take precedence over a one-way lecture mode.</p>
<p><strong>Tarun Patel:</strong> Thanks very much Sir for agreeing for this interview. We look forward to have you on ELTWeekly again, very soon <img src='http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p><strong>Atanu Bhattacharya:</strong> Thanks Tarun, All the best!</p>
<p>Dear readers, if you wish ask any question to Dr. Bhattacharya of have some messages for his, please leave them as comments. They will be forwarded to Dr. Bhattacharya.</p>
<p><strong>**ELTWeekly</strong> would like to thank <strong>Dr. Atanu Bhattacharya</strong> for agreeing for this interview.</p>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="#36, Interview with Dr. Atanu Bhattacharya" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-interview-with-dr-atanu-bhattacharya/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-10-02 08:10:58" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;p&gt;Hi friends, today we have with us Dr. Atanu Bhattacharya, a dynamic English Language Teacher working with H M Patel Institute of English Training &amp;amp; Research, Vallabh Vidyanagar &amp;#8211; Gujarat as a Reader.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;alignleft&quot; title=&quot;Atanu Bhattacharya&quot; src=&quot;http://profile.ak.fbcdn.net/v229/57/48/s1371901998_4020.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; width=&quot;100&quot; height=&quot;133&quot; /&gt;On his credit Dr. Bhattacharya has several research papers focusing on English Literature and use of ICT in ELT. He has conducted various seminars and workshops on integration of Technology in ELT.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;His words are definitely going to bring in some learning &lt;img src='http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;So, here is the interview:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; Hello Sir, welcome to ELTWeekly &lt;img src='http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; Hi Tarun, thanks for inviting me on board.&lt;span id=&quot;more-502&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; Sir, How long have you been teaching English in India?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; Since 1997, that is about, 12 years now.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; Why did you decide to become an English language teacher?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; Choice, primarily but also because I always found the subject interesting. However, I was not an English language teacher to begin with. I started my career teaching literature. However, it would be utterly wrong to distinguish between the two since one cannot exist without the other.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; Which writer / researcher has had the most influence over the way you understand learning and teaching?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya: &lt;/strong&gt;Many of them to begin with. I was very interested in theory and the earliest theorists that I was influenced by were Michel Foucault and Roland Barthes. Later, I got interested in Jean-Francois Lyotard, and Deleuze and Guattari as well as Jean Baudrillard – all postmodern theorists. In the field of ELT, MAK Halliday, Widdowson, Michael McCarthy and Ronald Carter were major influences.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; How did you find your first teaching job?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; I applied for it and got selected to teach in a Government College in a small and remote town in Arunachal Pradesh called Tezu. It was quite interesting (I mean the place) and I really enjoyed my stay there since I did not have much to teach(: The place was beautiful surrounded by snow-capped mountains.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; What are the major challenges for an English teacher while teaching in Gujarat /     India?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; Depends on where you are teaching. In an urban set-up, I guess that you would get students who would have the basic competence in the language. In rural areas, you need to start with the language itself. And, of course, there is this great divide between literature and language in most of our formal education system where students get a degree called BA in English but there is hardly any English that is taught to them except some heavy doses of canonical English literature. The challenge for the teacher is to bridge the gap that exists between these two. Thankfully, it is reducing now.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; What have you learned from being an English teacher?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; Many things but the most important one being ‘Never underestimate your students since they are much better than you are’&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; What advice would you give to someone thinking of becoming an English teacher?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; The road ahead is difficult but with perseverance and love and dedication and commitment nothing can not be done. It sounds a bit of a cliché but the feeling that you get when you have achieved that one success is indescribable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; What most interests you about ELT at the moment?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; Use of technology to enhance language learning. We can no more ignore it and keep it out of our classrooms.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; How do you see the role of the EL teacher evolving over the next 5 &amp;#8211; 10 years?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; To begin with, the teachers would have to be equipped with the use of technology since we would soon have classes where the students are better equipped than teachers technologically speaking. Secondly, the methods of teaching have to be upgraded to be in tune with recent developments in language teaching.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; Please share some tips on becoming a ‘better’ English teacher.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; The role of the teacher needs to be shifted from a knowledge-provider to a knowledge-facilitator. Students need to speak more in the classroom since that is exactly where learning takes place. Using, therefore, pair or group interactive activities should take precedence over a one-way lecture mode.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tarun Patel:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks very much Sir for agreeing for this interview. We look forward to have you on ELTWeekly again, very soon &lt;img src='http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':)' class='wp-smiley' /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Atanu Bhattacharya:&lt;/strong&gt; Thanks Tarun, All the best!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dear readers, if you wish ask any question to Dr. Bhattacharya of have some messages for his, please leave them as comments. They will be forwarded to Dr. Bhattacharya.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;**ELTWeekly&lt;/strong&gt; would like to thank &lt;strong&gt;Dr. Atanu Bhattacharya&lt;/strong&gt; for agreeing for this interview.&lt;/p&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="PDF Printer"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="PDF Printer" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-interview-with-dr-atanu-bhattacharya/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>#36, Research Article: &#8216;The Use of L1 in Teaching English&#8217; by Ms Daisy</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-research-article-the-use-of-l1-in-teaching-english-by-daisy-n/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-research-article-the-use-of-l1-in-teaching-english-by-daisy-n/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2009 04:49:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Research Papers]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#36]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tarun Patel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Research Articles]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=498</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[There is no rule that you should never use L1 in English lessons, nor on the other hand is there any excuse for using L1 most of the time. Like many other teaching strategies, the use of L1 involves rapid on-your-feet decision making: is it worth switching to L1 at this point? Or would it be better to stay with English? We should finally free ourselves from the misconceptions and try to appreciate the existing alliance between the L1 and L2. Our ultimate aim should be to have students who are proficient L2 users rather than deficient L1 speakers.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>The Use of L1 in Teaching English</strong></p>
<p>by <strong>Ms </strong><strong>Daisy</strong></p>
<p>The issue of using L1 (mother tongue) in teaching English has become debatable, in fact there are no clear guidelines on it. Most of the teachers feel that use of L1 should be minimized and feel guilty if they use it frequently. But if asked why they feel so, it is difficult for them to answer.</p>
<p>The general assumption is that English should be learnt through English, like one learns mother tongue and not by using L1. But the idea that learner should learn English like a native speaker does, or try to think in English is an inappropriate and unachievable aim. English is a world lingua franca and what we should be aiming for today is to make our learners speakers of English. Moreover a dangerous side- effect of banishing L1 from the English classroom is the implication that somehow the learners’ mother tongue is inferior, or does not count, thus discriminating against the learners’ linguistic identity.<span id="more-498"></span></p>
<p>The only valid argument in my opinion, in favor of minimizing (not banishing) L1 use is that over-use of L1 lessens the time available for English use in the classroom. Obviously we want our students to have maximum exposure to English in our lessons. But this is possible only by limiting L1 use, not banishing it altogether. Insisting on using English even when students does not understand what is being said may lead to the message it does not matter if you do not understand’ or the morale-lowering assumption by learners, ‘I don’t understand English’.</p>
<p>This leads to the belief that use English as long as the students understand it well enough to get the message, and insist on their using it as long as they can get their message across. Otherwise, allow L1 use. Some purposes of L1 use might be: for explaining difficult grammar, for giving instructions which might not be understood in English, for checking comprehension for saving time which can then be used for communicative work in English.</p>
<p>Now the question is how to decide when to use English and when to use L1? It is essentially a question of professional judgment. Many times during a lesson we need to ask ourselves: should I insist on English here, or should I use mother tongue? It is necessarily a split second decision. The answer will depend essentially on how easy or difficult the message will be to convey and understand in English.</p>
<p>Another possibility which emerges out of this whole debate is of using L2 and then L1. The solution of saying things in English and then translating into L1 incidentally is not a solution at all. Students learn very quickly that they do not need to listen to the English ad the mother tongue version is coming up, and this strategy simply gets them used to ignoring the English. The decision as to which language to use in any specific case has to be made, you can not ignore it. These dosses not mean that there is no place for translation.</p>
<p>In fact the issue of L1 in L2 teaching is connected to some more pertinent issues. A few of such issues are:</p>
<p>1. Can mother tongue(s) be used in a multi-lingual classroom?<br />
2. What is the place of L1 in explaining vocabulary?<br />
3. Is it useful to compare/contrast L1 and English?<br />
4. Can L1 help error correction?<br />
5. Can translation be useful in the English classroom<br />
6. Can/should L1 be used in classroom management?</p>
<p>One of the opinions on the issue is that L1 must be used only when a teacher or a speaker in a conversation is at a loss for words and when the conversation is stuck in a rut. Certainly, natural acquisition through immersion in the home, may be through TV Channels etc but its success depends on two main factors: (a) a lot of opportunities for exposure, (b) sheer time, and ready availability of TV and other means and a lot of motivation. For a lot of teachers, teaching large heterogeneous classes of unmotivated learners, neither of these conditions exists. In such a situation mother tongue can substantially assist learning.</p>
<p>Most of us would agree that extensive use of L1 does not help any one, including the teachers themselves. However I do believe that it can be useful in limited doses in the classroom and especially for lower levels. Apart from the purely technical aspects of language acquisition, there are other factors at work in the classroom. Among the most important is the development of a good rapport between students and teacher. This is made easier if the student can express themselves, at least during the first stage of learning a language, in their own tongue. Otherwise students may feel unwilling to express any queries they have or avoid contributing to the lesson at all.</p>
<p>Another interesting situation is, when the teacher does not know the L1, or learners speak different languages. In such a situation a teacher can make use of another language that they both know, in order to facilitate understanding. The use of a stronger language to facilitate a weaker language. Moreover learners can help each other by translating things when the teacher can not do. About explaining grammar, there are various opinions; whether to explain it in L1, whether to explain it at all, how much detail to use. The only succinct reply to that is to use L1 occasionally to clarify certain grammatical rules.</p>
<p>Teaching L2 the same way, learners learned their L1, this idea is not justifiable because in a school learning situation,we can not give learners the kind of exposure, motivation and number of factors which a child has when learning mother tongue. You should have clear rules in the mind, when L1 is not allowed and stick to your drawn boundaries. Although there are some valid reasons for using L1 in the classroom, it is often resorted to when teachers worry that their learners won’t understand. I think we must trust our learners more and give them the chance to experiment. Of course our attitude to errors matter a lot in this regard.</p>
<p>The most important thing a teacher can do in the classroom is to create the condition in which the learner feels that he/she belongs. We must understand that in learning a foreign/second language we are doing more than simply absorbing a body of knowledge, in fact we are dealing with students’ sense of identity, especially in case of adult learners, whose sense of self has fully developed. It is useful to use L1 in the classroom, by sandwiching some expressions or words in L2 with L1 and it works wonderfully.</p>
<p>There is no need to feel guilty when using L1. It is a point of professional judgment and this is especially so when the teacher is not able to convey ideas in the L2. The question of using L1 or not has not been answered satisfactorily to date. However two trends appear; (a) the idea of translating to the L1 difficult words and parts of any text teachers are working with where spending time on them would be a waste of effort and confusing, (b) the teachers using the L1 to give instructions or explanations of the procedures of the lesson and its rationale, so that aims and objectives of the lesson are clear and achievable. How about incorporating texts written in L1 into the L2 lessons? It could bring out differences between the two languages and as such help overcome kinds of fossilization that can occur because of other kinds of teaching where the differences are so great that the differences do not lead itself to learners making the kinds of mental adjustment that are required.</p>
<p>Conclusion: There is no rule that you should never use L1 in English lessons, nor on the other hand is there any excuse for using L1 most of the time. Like many other teaching strategies, the use of L1 involves rapid on-your-feet decision making: is it worth switching to L1 at this point? Or would it be better to stay with English? We should finally free ourselves from the misconceptions and try to appreciate the existing alliance between the L1 and L2. Our ultimate aim should be to have students who are proficient L2 users rather than deficient L1 speakers.</p>
<p><strong>About Daisy</strong></p>
<p><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-499 alignleft" title="Daisy Nehra ELT" src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/Daisy-Nehra-ELT-150x150.jpg" alt="Daisy Nehra ELT" width="150" height="150" />Daisy, a poet by nature is an Assistant Professor of English in BPS Women University, Khanpur Kalan (Sonipat) Haryana. She has been teaching undergraduate students for the last 15 years. Besides being a seasoned teacher, she is also engaged in training school teachers in effective teaching of english. Also, she has jointly been awarded a Major Research Project by UGC on teaching of English in Haryana. She has presented many research papers at National Conferences and has published three text books. She is pursuing Ph.D in English.</p>
<p><strong>**ELTWeekly</strong> would likt thank <strong>Ms</strong> <strong>Daisy</strong> for contributing this article.</p>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="#36, Research Article: &amp;#8216;The Use of L1 in Teaching English&amp;#8217; by Ms Daisy" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-research-article-the-use-of-l1-in-teaching-english-by-daisy-n/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-10-02 07:10:36" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Use of L1 in Teaching English&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;by &lt;strong&gt;Ms &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Daisy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The issue of using L1 (mother tongue) in teaching English has become debatable, in fact there are no clear guidelines on it. Most of the teachers feel that use of L1 should be minimized and feel guilty if they use it frequently. But if asked why they feel so, it is difficult for them to answer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The general assumption is that English should be learnt through English, like one learns mother tongue and not by using L1. But the idea that learner should learn English like a native speaker does, or try to think in English is an inappropriate and unachievable aim. English is a world lingua franca and what we should be aiming for today is to make our learners speakers of English. Moreover a dangerous side- effect of banishing L1 from the English classroom is the implication that somehow the learners’ mother tongue is inferior, or does not count, thus discriminating against the learners’ linguistic identity.&lt;span id=&quot;more-498&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The only valid argument in my opinion, in favor of minimizing (not banishing) L1 use is that over-use of L1 lessens the time available for English use in the classroom. Obviously we want our students to have maximum exposure to English in our lessons. But this is possible only by limiting L1 use, not banishing it altogether. Insisting on using English even when students does not understand what is being said may lead to the message it does not matter if you do not understand’ or the morale-lowering assumption by learners, ‘I don’t understand English’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This leads to the belief that use English as long as the students understand it well enough to get the message, and insist on their using it as long as they can get their message across. Otherwise, allow L1 use. Some purposes of L1 use might be: for explaining difficult grammar, for giving instructions which might not be understood in English, for checking comprehension for saving time which can then be used for communicative work in English.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now the question is how to decide when to use English and when to use L1? It is essentially a question of professional judgment. Many times during a lesson we need to ask ourselves: should I insist on English here, or should I use mother tongue? It is necessarily a split second decision. The answer will depend essentially on how easy or difficult the message will be to convey and understand in English.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another possibility which emerges out of this whole debate is of using L2 and then L1. The solution of saying things in English and then translating into L1 incidentally is not a solution at all. Students learn very quickly that they do not need to listen to the English ad the mother tongue version is coming up, and this strategy simply gets them used to ignoring the English. The decision as to which language to use in any specific case has to be made, you can not ignore it. These dosses not mean that there is no place for translation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In fact the issue of L1 in L2 teaching is connected to some more pertinent issues. A few of such issues are:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;1. Can mother tongue(s) be used in a multi-lingual classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the place of L1 in explaining vocabulary?&lt;br /&gt;
3. Is it useful to compare/contrast L1 and English?&lt;br /&gt;
4. Can L1 help error correction?&lt;br /&gt;
5. Can translation be useful in the English classroom&lt;br /&gt;
6. Can/should L1 be used in classroom management?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One of the opinions on the issue is that L1 must be used only when a teacher or a speaker in a conversation is at a loss for words and when the conversation is stuck in a rut. Certainly, natural acquisition through immersion in the home, may be through TV Channels etc but its success depends on two main factors: (a) a lot of opportunities for exposure, (b) sheer time, and ready availability of TV and other means and a lot of motivation. For a lot of teachers, teaching large heterogeneous classes of unmotivated learners, neither of these conditions exists. In such a situation mother tongue can substantially assist learning.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most of us would agree that extensive use of L1 does not help any one, including the teachers themselves. However I do believe that it can be useful in limited doses in the classroom and especially for lower levels. Apart from the purely technical aspects of language acquisition, there are other factors at work in the classroom. Among the most important is the development of a good rapport between students and teacher. This is made easier if the student can express themselves, at least during the first stage of learning a language, in their own tongue. Otherwise students may feel unwilling to express any queries they have or avoid contributing to the lesson at all.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another interesting situation is, when the teacher does not know the L1, or learners speak different languages. In such a situation a teacher can make use of another language that they both know, in order to facilitate understanding. The use of a stronger language to facilitate a weaker language. Moreover learners can help each other by translating things when the teacher can not do. About explaining grammar, there are various opinions; whether to explain it in L1, whether to explain it at all, how much detail to use. The only succinct reply to that is to use L1 occasionally to clarify certain grammatical rules.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Teaching L2 the same way, learners learned their L1, this idea is not justifiable because in a school learning situation,we can not give learners the kind of exposure, motivation and number of factors which a child has when learning mother tongue. You should have clear rules in the mind, when L1 is not allowed and stick to your drawn boundaries. Although there are some valid reasons for using L1 in the classroom, it is often resorted to when teachers worry that their learners won’t understand. I think we must trust our learners more and give them the chance to experiment. Of course our attitude to errors matter a lot in this regard.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The most important thing a teacher can do in the classroom is to create the condition in which the learner feels that he/she belongs. We must understand that in learning a foreign/second language we are doing more than simply absorbing a body of knowledge, in fact we are dealing with students’ sense of identity, especially in case of adult learners, whose sense of self has fully developed. It is useful to use L1 in the classroom, by sandwiching some expressions or words in L2 with L1 and it works wonderfully.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is no need to feel guilty when using L1. It is a point of professional judgment and this is especially so when the teacher is not able to convey ideas in the L2. The question of using L1 or not has not been answered satisfactorily to date. However two trends appear; (a) the idea of translating to the L1 difficult words and parts of any text teachers are working with where spending time on them would be a waste of effort and confusing, (b) the teachers using the L1 to give instructions or explanations of the procedures of the lesson and its rationale, so that aims and objectives of the lesson are clear and achievable. How about incorporating texts written in L1 into the L2 lessons? It could bring out differences between the two languages and as such help overcome kinds of fossilization that can occur because of other kinds of teaching where the differences are so great that the differences do not lead itself to learners making the kinds of mental adjustment that are required.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conclusion: There is no rule that you should never use L1 in English lessons, nor on the other hand is there any excuse for using L1 most of the time. Like many other teaching strategies, the use of L1 involves rapid on-your-feet decision making: is it worth switching to L1 at this point? Or would it be better to stay with English? We should finally free ourselves from the misconceptions and try to appreciate the existing alliance between the L1 and L2. Our ultimate aim should be to have students who are proficient L2 users rather than deficient L1 speakers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About Daisy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;size-thumbnail wp-image-499 alignleft&quot; title=&quot;Daisy Nehra ELT&quot; src=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/Daisy-Nehra-ELT-150x150.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Daisy Nehra ELT&quot; width=&quot;150&quot; height=&quot;150&quot; /&gt;Daisy, a poet by nature is an Assistant Professor of English in BPS Women University, Khanpur Kalan (Sonipat) Haryana. She has been teaching undergraduate students for the last 15 years. Besides being a seasoned teacher, she is also engaged in training school teachers in effective teaching of english. Also, she has jointly been awarded a Major Research Project by UGC on teaching of English in Haryana. She has presented many research papers at National Conferences and has published three text books. She is pursuing Ph.D in English.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;**ELTWeekly&lt;/strong&gt; would likt thank &lt;strong&gt;Ms&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Daisy&lt;/strong&gt; for contributing this article.&lt;/p&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="PDF Download"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="PDF Download" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-research-article-the-use-of-l1-in-teaching-english-by-daisy-n/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>#36, Word of the Week: plumply • \PLUMP-lee\</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-word-of-the-week-plumply-%e2%80%a2-plump-lee/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-word-of-the-week-plumply-%e2%80%a2-plump-lee/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2009 04:24:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT in ELT]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=487</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[WORD: plumply  • \PLUMP-lee\  •  adverb
MEANING : in a wholehearted manner and without hesitation or circumlocution :forthrightly
EXAMPLE: Having taken offense at the remark, Sir Jeffrey plumply asked the man if his insult was intentional.
To know more about ‘plumply’, please visit http://www.merriam-webster.com










Send article as PDF to  ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span>WORD: plumply</span> <span> • \PLUMP-lee\ <a href="javascript:popWin('/cgi-bin/audio.pl?plumpl01.wav=plumply')"><img src="http://www.merriam-webster.com/images/audio.gif" alt="" /></a> • </span> <span>adverb</span></p>
<p><span>MEANING :</span> in a wholehearted manner and without hesitation or circumlocution <strong>:</strong>forthrightly</p>
<p><span>EXAMPLE: Having taken offense at the remark, Sir Jeffrey plumply asked the man if his insult was intentional.</span></p>
<p>To know more about ‘plumply’, please visit <a href="http://www.merriam-webster.com/cgi-bin/mwwodarch.pl?Sep.27.2009" target="_blank">http://www.merriam-webster.com</a></p>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="#36, Word of the Week: plumply • \PLUMP-lee\" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-word-of-the-week-plumply-%e2%80%a2-plump-lee/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-10-02 07:10:06" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;p&gt;&lt;span&gt;WORD: plumply&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span&gt; • \PLUMP-lee\ &lt;a href=&quot;javascript:popWin('/cgi-bin/audio.pl?plumpl01.wav=plumply')&quot;&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;http://www.merriam-webster.com/images/audio.gif&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; • &lt;/span&gt; &lt;span&gt;adverb&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span&gt;MEANING :&lt;/span&gt; in a wholehearted manner and without hesitation or circumlocution &lt;strong&gt;:&lt;/strong&gt;forthrightly&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span&gt;EXAMPLE: Having taken offense at the remark, Sir Jeffrey plumply asked the man if his insult was intentional.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more about ‘plumply’, please visit &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.merriam-webster.com/cgi-bin/mwwodarch.pl?Sep.27.2009&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://www.merriam-webster.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="PDF"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="PDF" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/10/36-word-of-the-week-plumply-%e2%80%a2-plump-lee/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>ELTWeekly Issue#35 Contents</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-contents/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-contents/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2009 10:08:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#35]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tarun Patel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT Practices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT in ELT]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=467</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[- Word of the Week: futurity • \fyoo-TOOR-uh-tee\
- Video: Task Based Learning
- new ELT Expert Interview: Interview with Dr. S Mohanraj
- Article: Social Networking Sites for Teaching English, Part-3
- Article: Developing Communicative Language Skills
- Article: A Need to Study Literature by Students of Technical / Professional / Business Communication
- Free eBook: Creative Ways
- Slide Show: Harnessing the Power of Social Networks in Teaching [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-word-of-the-week-futurity-%e2%80%a2-fyoo-toor-uh-tee/" target="_blank">Word of the Week: futurity • \fyoo-TOOR-uh-tee\</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-video-task-based-learning/" target="_blank">Video: Task Based Learning</a></p>
<p>- <strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">new</span></strong> ELT Expert Interview: <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-interview-with-dr-s-mohanraj/" target="_blank">Interview with Dr. S Mohanraj</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-article-social-networking-sites-for-teaching-english-part-3/" target="_blank">Article: Social Networking Sites for Teaching English, Part-3</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-article-developing-communicative-language-skills/" target="_blank">Article: Developing Communicative Language Skills</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-article-a-need-to-study-literature-by-students-of-technical-professional-business-communication/" target="_blank">Article: A Need to Study Literature by Students of Technical / Professional / Business Communication</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/35-free-ebook-creative-ways/" target="_blank">Free eBook: Creative Ways</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-slide-show-harnessing-the-power-of-social-networks-in-teaching-learning/" target="_blank">Slide Show: Harnessing the Power of Social Networks in Teaching &amp; Learning</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-research-article-p-elt-ecc/" target="_blank">Research Article: P = ELT + ECC</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/onestopclil%e2%80%99s-birthday-competition/" target="_blank">Onestopclil’s Birthday Competition</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/globish-the-world-over/" target="_blank">‘Globish The World Over’ Paperback Version Released</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/let-us-enrich-eltweekly/" target="_blank">Spread a word about ELTWeekly</a></p>
<p>- <a rel="bookmark" href="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/08/08/guidelines-for-contributors/" target="_blank">GUIDELINES FOR CONTRIBUTORS</a></p>
<p>- <a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/privacy-policy/" target="_blank"><span>ELTWeekly Privacy Policy</span></a></p>
<p><span><span>- </span><a href="http://eltweekly.com/more/feedback/" target="_blank"><span>Feedback</span></a></span><span><span>.</span></span></p>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="ELTWeekly Issue#35 Contents" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-contents/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-09-25 13:09:51" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-word-of-the-week-futurity-%e2%80%a2-fyoo-toor-uh-tee/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Word of the Week: futurity • \fyoo-TOOR-uh-tee\&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-video-task-based-learning/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Video: Task Based Learning&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #ff0000;&quot;&gt;new&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; ELT Expert Interview: &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-interview-with-dr-s-mohanraj/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Interview with Dr. S Mohanraj&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-article-social-networking-sites-for-teaching-english-part-3/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Article: Social Networking Sites for Teaching English, Part-3&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-article-developing-communicative-language-skills/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Article: Developing Communicative Language Skills&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-article-a-need-to-study-literature-by-students-of-technical-professional-business-communication/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Article: A Need to Study Literature by Students of Technical / Professional / Business Communication&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/35-free-ebook-creative-ways/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Free eBook: Creative Ways&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-slide-show-harnessing-the-power-of-social-networks-in-teaching-learning/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Slide Show: Harnessing the Power of Social Networks in Teaching &amp;amp; Learning&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-research-article-p-elt-ecc/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Research Article: P = ELT + ECC&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/onestopclil%e2%80%99s-birthday-competition/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Onestopclil’s Birthday Competition&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/globish-the-world-over/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;‘Globish The World Over’ Paperback Version Released&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/let-us-enrich-eltweekly/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Spread a word about ELTWeekly&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a rel=&quot;bookmark&quot; href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/08/08/guidelines-for-contributors/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;GUIDELINES FOR CONTRIBUTORS&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;- &lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/privacy-policy/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;span&gt;ELTWeekly Privacy Policy&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;span&gt;- &lt;/span&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://eltweekly.com/more/feedback/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;span&gt;Feedback&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="PDF Printer"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="PDF Printer" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/eltweekly-issue35-contents/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>#35, Free eBook: Creative Ways</title>
		<link>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/35-free-ebook-creative-ways/</link>
		<comments>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/35-free-ebook-creative-ways/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2009 10:02:14 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Tarun Patel</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[ELT Newsletter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELTWeekly Issue#35]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[English Language Teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT and ELT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tarun Patel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Creative Ways]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ELT in India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Free ELT eBooks]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ICT in ELT]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://eltweekly.com/more/?p=466</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Starting to teach creative writing in the English language classroom
A teaching pack based on materials developed by the British Council in cooperation with the BBC World Service. It was inspired by the British Council&#8217;s 15th Oxford Conference on Teaching Literature Overseas, which was held in 2000. The theme of the conference was &#8216;From critical thinking [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft" style="float: left;" src="http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/sites/teacheng/files/node_images/creative-ways-cover_tn.jpg" alt="" width="100" height="120" />Starting to teach creative writing in the English language classroom</p>
<p>A teaching pack based on materials developed by the British Council in cooperation with the BBC World Service. It was inspired by the British Council&#8217;s 15th Oxford Conference on Teaching Literature Overseas, which was held in 2000. The theme of the conference was &#8216;From critical thinking to creative writing.&#8217;</p>
<p>Download this ebook for free by visiting this site: <a href="http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/creative-ways" target="_blank"><strong>http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/creative-ways</strong></a></p>
<div class="pdf24Plugin-cp-box"><form method="post" action="http://doc2pdf.pdf24.org/doc2pdf/wordpress.php" target="pdf24PopWin" onsubmit="window.open('about:blank', 'pdf24PopWin', 'scrollbars=yes,width=400,height=200,top=0,left=0'); return true;"><input type="hidden" name="blogCharset" value="UTF-8" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogPosts" value="1" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogUrl" value="http://eltweekly.com/more" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogName" value="ELTWeekly" />
<input type="hidden" name="blogValueEncoding" value="htmlSpecialChars" />
<input type="hidden" name="postTitle_0" value="#35, Free eBook: Creative Ways" />
<input type="hidden" name="postLink_0" value="http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/35-free-ebook-creative-ways/" />
<input type="hidden" name="postAuthor_0" value="Tarun Patel" />
<input type="hidden" name="postDateTime_0" value="2009-09-25 13:09:14" />
<input type="hidden" name="postContent_0" value="&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class=&quot;alignleft&quot; style=&quot;float: left;&quot; src=&quot;http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/sites/teacheng/files/node_images/creative-ways-cover_tn.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; width=&quot;100&quot; height=&quot;120&quot; /&gt;Starting to teach creative writing in the English language classroom&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A teaching pack based on materials developed by the British Council in cooperation with the BBC World Service. It was inspired by the British Council&amp;#8217;s 15th Oxford Conference on Teaching Literature Overseas, which was held in 2000. The theme of the conference was &amp;#8216;From critical thinking to creative writing.&amp;#8217;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Download this ebook for free by visiting this site: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/creative-ways&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;http://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/transform/books/creative-ways&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
" />
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0" width="100%"><tr><td align="left">Send article as PDF to <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-input" type="text" name="sendEmailTo" value="Enter email address" onmousedown="this.value = '';" /> <input class="pdf24Plugin-cp-submit" type="submit" value="Send" /></td><td align="right"><a href="http://en.pdf24.org" target="_blank" title="PDF Download"><img src="http://eltweekly.com/more/wp-content/plugins/pdf24/img/sheep_16x16.gif" alt="PDF Download" border="0" /></a></td></tr></table></form></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://eltweekly.com/more/2009/09/35-free-ebook-creative-ways/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

